-- ASN1START
 -- TAG-NR-RRC-DEFINITIONS-START
NR-RRC-Definitions DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::= 
BEGIN 
 -- TAG-NR-RRC-DEFINITIONS-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BCCH-BCH-MESSAGE-START
BCCH-BCH-Message ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    message                         BCCH-BCH-MessageType 
} 
BCCH-BCH-MessageType ::=        CHOICE { 
    mib                             MIB,
    messageClassExtension           SEQUENCE {} 
} 
 -- TAG-BCCH-BCH-MESSAGE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BCCH-DL-SCH-MESSAGE-START
BCCH-DL-SCH-Message ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    message                         BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType 
} 
BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType ::=     CHOICE { 
    c1                              CHOICE { 
        systemInformation               SystemInformation, 
        systemInformationBlockType1     SIB1 
    }, 
    messageClassExtension           SEQUENCE {} 
} 
 -- TAG-BCCH-DL-SCH-MESSAGE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-DL-CCCH-MESSAGE-START
DL-CCCH-Message ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    message                         DL-CCCH-MessageType 
} 
DL-CCCH-MessageType ::=         CHOICE { 
    c1                              CHOICE { 
        rrcReject                       RRCReject, 
        rrcSetup                        RRCSetup, 
        spare2                          NULL,
        spare1                          NULL 
    }, 
    messageClassExtension           SEQUENCE {} 
} 
 -- TAG-DL-CCCH-MESSAGE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-DL-DCCH-MESSAGE-START
DL-DCCH-Message ::=                  SEQUENCE { 
    message                             DL-DCCH-MessageType 
} 
DL-DCCH-MessageType ::=             CHOICE { 
    c1                                  CHOICE { 
        rrcReconfiguration                  RRCReconfiguration, 
        rrcResume                           RRCResume, 
        rrcRelease                          RRCRelease, 
        rrcReestablishment                  RRCReestablishment, 
        securityModeCommand                 SecurityModeCommand, 
        dlInformationTransfer               DLInformationTransfer, 
        ueCapabilityEnquiry                 UECapabilityEnquiry, 
        counterCheck                        CounterCheck, 
        mobilityFromNRCommand               MobilityFromNRCommand, 
        dlDedicatedMessageSegment-r16       DLDedicatedMessageSegment-r16, 
        ueInformationRequest-r16            UEInformationRequest-r16, 
        dlInformationTransferMRDC-r16       DLInformationTransferMRDC-r16, 
        loggedMeasurementConfiguration-r16  LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r16, 
                spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
    }, 
    messageClassExtension   SEQUENCE {} 
} 
 -- TAG-DL-DCCH-MESSAGE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-PCCH-PCH-MESSAGE-START
PCCH-Message ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    message                         PCCH-MessageType 
} 
PCCH-MessageType ::=            CHOICE { 
    c1                              CHOICE { 
        paging                          Paging, 
        spare1  NULL 
    }, 
    messageClassExtension       SEQUENCE {} 
} 
 -- TAG-PCCH-PCH-MESSAGE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-UL-CCCH-MESSAGE-START
UL-CCCH-Message ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    message                         UL-CCCH-MessageType 
} 
UL-CCCH-MessageType ::=         CHOICE { 
    c1                              CHOICE { 
        rrcSetupRequest                 RRCSetupRequest, 
        rrcResumeRequest                RRCResumeRequest, 
        rrcReestablishmentRequest       RRCReestablishmentRequest, 
        rrcSystemInfoRequest            RRCSystemInfoRequest 
    }, 
    messageClassExtension           SEQUENCE {} 
} 
 -- TAG-UL-CCCH-MESSAGE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-UL-CCCH1-MESSAGE-START
UL-CCCH1-Message ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    message                         UL-CCCH1-MessageType 
} 
UL-CCCH1-MessageType ::=        CHOICE { 
    c1                              CHOICE { 
        rrcResumeRequest1               RRCResumeRequest1, 
        spare3 NULL,
        spare2 NULL,
        spare1 NULL 
    }, 
    messageClassExtension SEQUENCE {} 
} 
 -- TAG-UL-CCCH1-MESSAGE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-UL-DCCH-MESSAGE-START
UL-DCCH-Message ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    message                         UL-DCCH-MessageType 
} 
UL-DCCH-MessageType ::=         CHOICE { 
    c1                              CHOICE { 
        measurementReport               MeasurementReport, 
        rrcReconfigurationComplete      RRCReconfigurationComplete, 
        rrcSetupComplete                RRCSetupComplete, 
        rrcReestablishmentComplete      RRCReestablishmentComplete, 
        rrcResumeComplete               RRCResumeComplete, 
        securityModeComplete            SecurityModeComplete, 
        securityModeFailure             SecurityModeFailure, 
        ulInformationTransfer           ULInformationTransfer, 
        locationMeasurementIndication   LocationMeasurementIndication, 
        ueCapabilityInformation         UECapabilityInformation, 
        counterCheckResponse            CounterCheckResponse, 
        ueAssistanceInformation         UEAssistanceInformation, 
        failureInformation              FailureInformation, 
        ulInformationTransferMRDC       ULInformationTransferMRDC, 
        scgFailureInformation           SCGFailureInformation, 
        scgFailureInformationEUTRA      SCGFailureInformationEUTRA 
    }, 
    messageClassExtension           CHOICE { 
        c2                              CHOICE { 
            ulDedicatedMessageSegment-r16 ULDedicatedMessageSegment-r16, 
            dedicatedSIBRequest-r16         DedicatedSIBRequest-r16, 
            mcgFailureInformation-r16       MCGFailureInformation-r16, 
            ueInformationResponse-r16       UEInformationResponse-r16, 
            sidelinkUEInformationNR-r16     SidelinkUEInformationNR-r16, 
            ulInformationTransferIRAT-r16   ULInformationTransferIRAT-r16, 
            iabOtherInformation-r16         IABOtherInformation-r16, 
            spare9 NULL,spare8 NULL,spare7 NULL,spare6 NULL,
            spare5 NULL,spare4 NULL,spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        messageClassExtensionFuture-r16    SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
 -- TAG-UL-DCCH-MESSAGE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-COUNTERCHECK-START
CounterCheck ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier       RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions              CHOICE { 
        counterCheck                    CounterCheck-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture        SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
CounterCheck-IEs ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
drb-CountMSB-InfoListIndicates the MSBs of the COUNT values of the DRBs.
           DRB-CountMSB-InfoList, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension        OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension            SEQUENCE {}                         OPTIONAL 
} 
DRB-CountMSB-InfoList ::=       SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-CountMSB-Info 
DRB-CountMSB-Info ::=           SEQUENCE { 
    drb-Identity                    DRB-Identity, 
    
countMSB-UplinkIndicates the value of 25 MSBs from TX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.
                 INTEGER(0..33554431),
    
countMSB-DownlinkIndicates the value of 25 MSBs from RX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.
               INTEGER(0..33554431)
} 
 -- TAG-COUNTERCHECK-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

CounterCheck-IEs field descriptions
drb-CountMSB-InfoList
Indicates the MSBs of the COUNT values of the DRBs.


DRB-CountMSB-Info field descriptions
countMSB-Downlink
Indicates the value of 25 MSBs from RX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.
countMSB-Uplink
Indicates the value of 25 MSBs from TX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-COUNTERCHECKRESPONSE-START
CounterCheckResponse ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier       RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions              CHOICE { 
        counterCheckResponse            CounterCheckResponse-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture        SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
CounterCheckResponse-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
drb-CountInfoListIndicates the COUNT values of the DRBs.
               DRB-CountInfoList, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension        OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension            SEQUENCE {}                         OPTIONAL 
} 
DRB-CountInfoList ::=           SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxDRB)) OF DRB-CountInfo 
DRB-CountInfo ::=               SEQUENCE { 
    drb-Identity                    DRB-Identity, 
    
count-UplinkIndicates the value of TX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.
                    INTEGER(0..4294967295),
    
count-DownlinkIndicates the value of RX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.
                  INTEGER(0..4294967295)
} 
 -- TAG-COUNTERCHECKRESPONSE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

CounterCheckResponse-IEs field descriptions
drb-CountInfoList
Indicates the COUNT values of the DRBs.


DRB-CountInfo field descriptions
count-Downlink
Indicates the value of RX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.
count-Uplink
Indicates the value of TX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-DEDICATEDSIBREQUEST-START
DedicatedSIBRequest-r16 ::=      SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions               CHOICE { 
        dedicatedSIBRequest-r16          DedicatedSIBRequest-r16-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture         SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
DedicatedSIBRequest-r16-IEs ::=  SEQUENCE { 
    onDemandSIB-RequestList-r16       SEQUENCE { 
        
requestedSIB-List-r16Contains a list of SIB(s) the UE requests while in RRC_CONNECTED.
            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxOnDemandSIB-r16)) OF SIB-ReqInfo-r16                OPTIONAL,
        
requestedPosSIB-List-r16Contains a list of posSIB(s) the UE requests while in RRC_CONNECTED.
         SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxOnDemandPosSIB-r16)) OF PosSIB-ReqInfo-r16          OPTIONAL 
    } OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension         OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension             SEQUENCE {}              OPTIONAL 
} 
SIB-ReqInfo-r16 ::=                   ENUMERATED { sib12, sib13, sib14, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1 } 
PosSIB-ReqInfo-r16 ::=       SEQUENCE { 
    
gnss-id-r16The presence of this field indicates that the request positioning SIB type is for a specific GNSS. Indicates a specific GNSS (see also TS 37.355 [49])
                  GNSS-ID-r16                  OPTIONAL,
    
sbas-id-r16The presence of this field indicates that the request positioning SIB type is for a specific SBAS. Indicates a specific SBAS (see also TS 37.355 [49]).
                  SBAS-ID-r16                  OPTIONAL,
    posSibType-r16               ENUMERATED { posSibType1-1, posSibType1-2, posSibType1-3, posSibType1-4, posSibType1-5, posSibType1-6, 
                                              posSibType1-7, posSibType1-8, posSibType2-1, posSibType2-2, posSibType2-3, posSibType2-4, 
                                              posSibType2-5, posSibType2-6, posSibType2-7, posSibType2-8, posSibType2-9, posSibType2-10, 
                                              posSibType2-11, posSibType2-12, posSibType2-13, posSibType2-14, posSibType2-15, 
                                              posSibType2-16, posSibType2-17, posSibType2-18, posSibType2-19, posSibType2-20, 
                                              posSibType2-21, posSibType2-22, posSibType2-23, posSibType3-1, posSibType4-1, 
                                              posSibType5-1, posSibType6-1, posSibType6-2, posSibType6-3,... } 
} 
 -- TAG-DEDICATEDSIBREQUEST-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

DedicatedSIBRequest field descriptions
requestedSIB-List
Contains a list of SIB(s) the UE requests while in RRC_CONNECTED.
requestedPosSIB-List
Contains a list of posSIB(s) the UE requests while in RRC_CONNECTED.


PosSIB-ReqInfo field descriptions
gnss-id
The presence of this field indicates that the request positioning SIB type is for a specific GNSS. Indicates a specific GNSS (see also TS 37.355 [49])
sbas-id
The presence of this field indicates that the request positioning SIB type is for a specific SBAS. Indicates a specific SBAS (see also TS 37.355 [49]).

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-DLDEDICATEDMESSAGESEGMENT-START
DLDedicatedMessageSegment-r16 ::=       SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                      CHOICE { 
        dlDedicatedMessageSegment-r16           DLDedicatedMessageSegment-r16-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture                SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
DLDedicatedMessageSegment-r16-IEs ::=   SEQUENCE { 
    
segmentNumber-r16Identifies the sequence number of a segment within the encoded DL DCCH message.The network transmits the segments with continuously increasing segmentNumber order so that the UE's RRC layer may expect to obtain them from lower layers in the correct order. Hence, the UE is not required to perform segment re-ordering on RRC level.
                       INTEGER(0..4),
    
rrc-MessageSegmentContainer-r16Includes a segment of the encoded DL DCCH message. The size of the included segment in this container should be small enough so the resulting encoded RRC message PDU is less than or equal to the PDCP SDU size limit.
         OCTET STRING,
    
rrc-MessageSegmentType-r16Indicates whether the included DL DCCH message segment is the last segment of the message or not.
              ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment}, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    SEQUENCE {}                                   OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-DLDEDICATEDMESSAGESEGMENT-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

DLDedicatedMessageSegment field descriptions
segmentNumber
Identifies the sequence number of a segment within the encoded DL DCCH message.The network transmits the segments with continuously increasing segmentNumber order so that the UE's RRC layer may expect to obtain them from lower layers in the correct order. Hence, the UE is not required to perform segment re-ordering on RRC level.
rrc-MessageSegmentContainer
Includes a segment of the encoded DL DCCH message. The size of the included segment in this container should be small enough so the resulting encoded RRC message PDU is less than or equal to the PDCP SDU size limit.
rrc-MessageSegmentType
Indicates whether the included DL DCCH message segment is the last segment of the message or not.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-DLINFORMATIONTRANSFER-START
DLInformationTransfer ::=           SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        dlInformationTransfer           DLInformationTransfer-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
DLInformationTransfer-IEs ::=       SEQUENCE { 
    dedicatedNAS-Message                DedicatedNAS-Message                OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                DLInformationTransfer-v1610-IEs     OPTIONAL 
} 
DLInformationTransfer-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    referenceTimeInfo-r16               ReferenceTimeInfo-r16               OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                         OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-DLINFORMATIONTRANSFER-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-DLINFORMATIONTRANSFERMRDC-START
DLInformationTransferMRDC-r16 ::=       SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                      CHOICE { 
        c1                                      CHOICE { 
            dlInformationTransferMRDC-r16           DLInformationTransferMRDC-r16-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture                SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
DLInformationTransferMRDC-r16-IEs::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
dl-DCCH-MessageNR-r16Includes the DL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the NR RRCReconfiguration,RRCRelease, and MobilityFromNRCommandmessages.
                   OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    
dl-DCCH-MessageEUTRA-r16Includes the DL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration,RRCConnectionRelease, and MobilityFromEUTRACommand messages as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
                OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    SEQUENCE {}              OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-DLINFORMATIONTRANSFERMRDC-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

DLInformationTransferMRDC field descriptions
dl-DCCH-MessageNR
Includes the DL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the NR RRCReconfiguration,RRCRelease, and MobilityFromNRCommandmessages.
dl-DCCH-MessageEUTRA
Includes the DL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration,RRCConnectionRelease, and MobilityFromEUTRACommand messages as specified in TS 36.331 [10].

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-FAILUREINFORMATION-START
FailureInformation ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions             CHOICE { 
        failureInformation             FailureInformation-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture       SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
FailureInformation-IEs ::=     SEQUENCE { 
    failureInfoRLC-Bearer          FailureInfoRLC-Bearer        OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension       OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension           FailureInformation-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL 
} 
FailureInfoRLC-Bearer ::=      SEQUENCE { 
    cellGroupId                    CellGroupId, 
    logicalChannelIdentity         LogicalChannelIdentity, 
    failureType                    ENUMERATED {rlc-failure, spare3, spare2, spare1} 
} 
FailureInformation-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    failureInfoDAPS-r16              FailureInfoDAPS-r16        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension             SEQUENCE {}                OPTIONAL 
} 
FailureInfoDAPS-r16 ::=          SEQUENCE { 
    failureType-r16                  ENUMERATED {daps-failure, spare3, spare2, spare1} 
} 
 -- TAG-FAILUREINFORMATION-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-IABOTHERINFORMATION-START
IABOtherInformation-r16 ::=     SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier       RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions              CHOICE { 
        iabOtherInformation-r16         IABOtherInformation-r16-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture        SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
IABOtherInformation-r16-IEs ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    ip-InfoType-r16                         CHOICE { 
        iab-IP-Request-r16                      SEQUENCE { 
            
iab-IPv4-AddressNumReq-r16This field is used to request the numbers of IPv4 address per specific usage. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
              IAB-IP-AddressNumReq-r16                OPTIONAL,
            iab-IPv6-AddressReq-r16                 CHOICE { 
                
iab-IPv6-AddressNumReq-r16This field is used to request the numbers of IPv6 address per specific usage. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
              IAB-IP-AddressNumReq-r16, 
                
iab-IPv6-AddressPrefixReq-r16This field is used to request the prefix of IPv6 address per specific usage. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
           IAB-IP-AddressPrefixReq-r16, 
                ... 
            }                                                                               OPTIONAL 
        }, 
        iab-IP-Report-r16               SEQUENCE { 
            
iab-IPv4-AddressReport-r16This field is used to report the IPv4 address per specific usage assigned by OAM for IAB-DU. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
      IAB-IP-AddressAndTraffic-r16                    OPTIONAL,
            iab-IPv6-Report-r16             CHOICE { 
                
iab-IPv6-AddressReport-r16This field is used to report the IPv6 address per specific usage assigned by OAM for IAB-DU. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
      IAB-IP-AddressAndTraffic-r16, 
                
iab-IPv6-PrefixReport-r16This field is used to report the prefix of IPv6 address per specific usage assigned by OAM for IAB-DU. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
       IAB-IP-PrefixAndTraffic-r16, 
                ... 
            }                                                                               OPTIONAL 
        }, 
        ... 
    }, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension        OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension            SEQUENCE {}                                             OPTIONAL 
} 
IAB-IP-AddressNumReq-r16 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
all-Traffic-NumReq-r16This field is used to request the numbers of IP address for all traffic.
          INTEGER (1..8)                                  OPTIONAL,
    
f1-C-Traffic-NumReq-r16This field is used to request the numbers of IP address for F1-C traffic.
         INTEGER (1..8)                                  OPTIONAL,
    
f1-U-Traffic-NumReq-r16This field is used to request the numbers of IP address for F1-U traffic.
         INTEGER (1..8)                                  OPTIONAL,
    
non-F1-Traffic-NumReq-r16This field is used to request the numbers of IP address for non-F1 traffic.
       INTEGER (1..8)                                  OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
IAB-IP-AddressPrefixReq-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
all-Traffic-PrefixReq-r16This field is used to request the IPv6 address prefix for all traffic. The length of allocated IPv6 prefix is fixed to 64.
       ENUMERATED {true}                               OPTIONAL,
    
f1-C-Traffic-PrefixReq-r16This field is used to request the IPv6 address prefix for F1-C traffic. The length of allocated IPv6 prefix is fixed to 64.
      ENUMERATED {true}                               OPTIONAL,
    
f1-U-Traffic-PrefixReq-r16This field is used to request the IPv6 address prefix for F1-U traffic. The length of allocated IPv6 prefix is fixed to 64.
      ENUMERATED {true}                               OPTIONAL,
    
non-F1-Traffic-PrefixReq-r16This field is used to request the IPv6 address prefix for non-F1 traffic. The length of allocated IPv6 prefix is fixed to 64.
    ENUMERATED {true}                               OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
IAB-IP-AddressAndTraffic-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
all-Traffic-IAB-IP-Address-r16This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for all traffic.
  SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..8)) OF IAB-IP-Address-r16     OPTIONAL,
    
f1-C-Traffic-IP-Address-r16This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for F1-C traffic.
     SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..8)) OF IAB-IP-Address-r16     OPTIONAL,
    
f1-U-Traffic-IP-Address-r16This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for F1-U traffic.
     SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..8)) OF IAB-IP-Address-r16     OPTIONAL,
    
non-F1-Traffic-IP-Address-r16This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for non-F1 traffic.
   SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..8)) OF IAB-IP-Address-r16     OPTIONAL 
} 
IAB-IP-PrefixAndTraffic-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
all-Traffic-IAB-IP-Address-r16This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for all traffic.
  IAB-IP-Address-r16                              OPTIONAL,
    
f1-C-Traffic-IP-Address-r16This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for F1-C traffic.
     IAB-IP-Address-r16                              OPTIONAL,
    
f1-U-Traffic-IP-Address-r16This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for F1-U traffic.
     IAB-IP-Address-r16                              OPTIONAL,
    
non-F1-Traffic-IP-Address-r16This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for non-F1 traffic.
   IAB-IP-Address-r16                              OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-IABOTHERINFORMATION-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

IABOtherInformation-IEs field descriptions
iab-IPv4-AddressNumReq
This field is used to request the numbers of IPv4 address per specific usage. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
iab-IPv4-AddressReport
This field is used to report the IPv4 address per specific usage assigned by OAM for IAB-DU. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
iab-IPv6-AddressNumReq
This field is used to request the numbers of IPv6 address per specific usage. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
iab-IPv6-AddressPrefixReq
This field is used to request the prefix of IPv6 address per specific usage. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
iab-IPv6-AddressReport
This field is used to report the IPv6 address per specific usage assigned by OAM for IAB-DU. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
iab-IPv6-PrefixReport
This field is used to report the prefix of IPv6 address per specific usage assigned by OAM for IAB-DU. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.


IAB-IP-AddressNumReq-IEs field descriptions
all-Traffic-NumReq
This field is used to request the numbers of IP address for all traffic.
f1-C-Traffic-NumReq
This field is used to request the numbers of IP address for F1-C traffic.
f1-U-Traffic-NumReq
This field is used to request the numbers of IP address for F1-U traffic.
non-F1-Traffic-NumReq
This field is used to request the numbers of IP address for non-F1 traffic.


IAB-IP-AddressPrefixReq-IEs field descriptions
all-Traffic-PrefixReq
This field is used to request the IPv6 address prefix for all traffic. The length of allocated IPv6 prefix is fixed to 64.
f1-C-Traffic-PrefixReq
This field is used to request the IPv6 address prefix for F1-C traffic. The length of allocated IPv6 prefix is fixed to 64.
f1-U-Traffic-PrefixReq
This field is used to request the IPv6 address prefix for F1-U traffic. The length of allocated IPv6 prefix is fixed to 64.
non-F1-Traffic-PrefixReq
This field is used to request the IPv6 address prefix for non-F1 traffic. The length of allocated IPv6 prefix is fixed to 64.


IAB-IP-AddressAndTraffic-IEs field descriptions
all-Traffic-IAB-IP-Address
This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for all traffic.
f1-C-Traffic-IP-Address
This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for F1-C traffic.
f1-U-Traffic-IP-Address
This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for F1-U traffic.
non-F1-Traffic-IP-Address
This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for non-F1 traffic.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-LOCATIONMEASUREMENTINDICATION-START
LocationMeasurementIndication ::=           SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                          CHOICE { 
        locationMeasurementIndication               LocationMeasurementIndication-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture                    SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
LocationMeasurementIndication-IEs ::=       SEQUENCE { 
    measurementIndication                       SetupRelease {LocationMeasurementInfo}, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension                    OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                        SEQUENCE{}                                                              OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-LOCATIONMEASUREMENTINDICATION-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-LOGGEDMEASUREMENTCONFIGURATION-START
LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r16 ::=  SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                      CHOICE { 
        loggedMeasurementConfiguration-r16      LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r16-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture                SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r16-IEs ::=  SEQUENCE { 
    traceReference-r16                          TraceReference-r16, 
    
traceRecordingSessionRef-r16Parameter Trace Recording Session Reference: See TS 32.422 [52].
                OCTET STRING (SIZE (2)), 
    
tce-Id-r16Parameter Trace Collection Entity Id: See TS 32.422 [52].
                                  OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)), 
    
absoluteTimeInfo-r16Indicates the absolute time in the current cell.
                        AbsoluteTimeInfo-r16, 
    
areaConfiguration-r16Used to restrict the area in which the UE performs measurement logging to cells broadcasting either one of the included cell identities or one of the included tracking area codes/ frequencies.
                       AreaConfiguration-r16                    OPTIONAL,  --Need R
    
plmn-IdentityList-r16Indicates a set of PLMNs defining when the UE performs measurement logging as well as the associated status indication and information retrieval i.e. the UE performs these actions when the RPLMN is part of this set of PLMNs.
                       PLMN-IdentityList2-r16                   OPTIONAL,  --Need R
    bt-NameList-r16                             SetupRelease {BT-NameList-r16}           OPTIONAL,  --Need M
    wlan-NameList-r16                           SetupRelease {WLAN-NameList-r16}         OPTIONAL,  --Need M
    sensor-NameList-r16                         SetupRelease {Sensor-NameList-r16}       OPTIONAL,  --Need M
    loggingDuration-r16                         LoggingDuration-r16, 
    
reportTypeParameter configures the type of MDT configuration, specifically Periodic MDT configuration or Event Triggerd MDT configuration.
                                  CHOICE { 
        periodical                                  LoggedPeriodicalReportConfig-r16, 
        eventTriggered                              LoggedEventTriggerConfig-r16, 
        ... 
    }, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension                    OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                        SEQUENCE {}                              OPTIONAL 
} 
LoggedPeriodicalReportConfig-r16 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    loggingInterval-r16                             LoggingInterval-r16, 
    ... 
 } 
LoggedEventTriggerConfig-r16 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
eventType-r16The value outOfCoverage indicates the UE to perform logging of measurements when the UE enters any cell selection state, and the value eventL1 indicates the UE to perform logging of measurements when the triggering condition (similar as event A2 as specified in 5.5.4.3) as configured in the event is met for the camping cell in camped normally state.
                                   EventType-r16, 
    loggingInterval-r16                             LoggingInterval-r16, 
    ... 
} 
EventType-r16 ::= CHOICE { 
    outOfCoverage     NULL,
    eventL1 SEQUENCE { 
        l1-Threshold      MeasTriggerQuantity, 
        hysteresis        Hysteresis, 
        timeToTrigger     TimeToTrigger 
    }, 
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-LOGGEDMEASUREMENTCONFIGURATION-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

LoggedMeasurementConfiguration field descriptions
absoluteTimeInfo
Indicates the absolute time in the current cell.
areaConfiguration
Used to restrict the area in which the UE performs measurement logging to cells broadcasting either one of the included cell identities or one of the included tracking area codes/ frequencies.
eventType
The value outOfCoverage indicates the UE to perform logging of measurements when the UE enters any cell selection state, and the value eventL1 indicates the UE to perform logging of measurements when the triggering condition (similar as event A2 as specified in 5.5.4.3) as configured in the event is met for the camping cell in camped normally state.
plmn-IdentityList
Indicates a set of PLMNs defining when the UE performs measurement logging as well as the associated status indication and information retrieval i.e. the UE performs these actions when the RPLMN is part of this set of PLMNs.
tce-Id
Parameter Trace Collection Entity Id: See TS 32.422 [52].
traceRecordingSessionRef
Parameter Trace Recording Session Reference: See TS 32.422 [52].
reportType
Parameter configures the type of MDT configuration, specifically Periodic MDT configuration or Event Triggerd MDT configuration.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-MCGFAILUREINFORMATION-START
MCGFailureInformation-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
 criticalExtensions CHOICE { 
 mcgFailureInformation-r16 MCGFailureInformation-r16-IEs, 
 criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} 
 } 
} 
MCGFailureInformation-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
 failureReportMCG-r16 FailureReportMCG-r16 OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension          OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
 nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL 
} 
FailureReportMCG-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
 failureType-r16 ENUMERATED {t310-Expiry, randomAccessProblem, rlc-MaxNumRetx, 
 t312-Expiry-r16, lbt-Failure-r16, beamFailureRecoveryFailure-r16, 
                                         bh-RLF-r16, spare1}                                         OPTIONAL,
 
measResultFreqList-r16The field contains available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the measConfig associated with the MCG.
 MeasResultList2NR OPTIONAL,
 
measResultFreqListEUTRA-r16The field contains available results of measurements on E-UTRA frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig associated with the MCG.
 MeasResultList2EUTRA OPTIONAL,
 
measResultSCG-r16The field contains the MeasResultSCG-Failure IE which includes available measurement results on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the measConfig associated with the SCG.
 OCTET STRING (CONTAINING MeasResultSCG-Failure)                                       OPTIONAL,
 
measResultSCG-EUTRA-r16The field contains the EUTRA MeasResultSCG-FailureMRDC IE which includes available results of measurements on E-UTRA frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
 
measResultFreqListUTRA-FDD-r16The field contains available results of measurements on UTRA FDD frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig associated with the MCG.
    MeasResultList2UTRA                                                                   OPTIONAL,
 ... 
} 
MeasResultList2UTRA ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2UTRA-FDD-r16 
MeasResult2UTRA-FDD-r16 ::=       SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-r16                   ARFCN-ValueUTRA-FDD-r16, 
    measResultNeighCellList-r16       MeasResultListUTRA-FDD-r16 
} 
MeasResultList2EUTRA ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA-r16 
 -- TAG-MCGFAILUREINFORMATION-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

MCGFailureInformation field descriptions
measResultFreqList
The field contains available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the measConfig associated with the MCG.
measResultFreqListEUTRA
The field contains available results of measurements on E-UTRA frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig associated with the MCG.
measResultFreqListUTRA-FDD
The field contains available results of measurements on UTRA FDD frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig associated with the MCG.
measResultSCG
The field contains the MeasResultSCG-Failure IE which includes available measurement results on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the measConfig associated with the SCG.
measResultSCG-EUTRA
The field contains the EUTRA MeasResultSCG-FailureMRDC IE which includes available results of measurements on E-UTRA frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-MEASUREMENTREPORT-START
MeasurementReport ::=               SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        measurementReport                   MeasurementReport-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
MeasurementReport-IEs ::=           SEQUENCE { 
    measResults                         MeasResults, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    SEQUENCE{}                                                              OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-MEASUREMENTREPORT-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-MIB-START
MIB ::=                             SEQUENCE { 
    
systemFrameNumberThe 6 most significant bits (MSB) of the 10-bit System Frame Number (SFN). The 4 LSB of the SFN are conveyed in the PBCH transport block as part of channel coding (i.e. outside the MIBencoding), as defined in clause 7.1 in TS 38.212 [17].
                   BIT STRING (SIZE (6)), 
    
subCarrierSpacingCommonSubcarrier spacing for SIB1, Msg.2/4 and MsgB for initial access, paging and broadcast SI-messages. If the UE acquires this MIB on an FR1 carrier frequency, the value scs15or60 corresponds to 15 kHz and the value scs30or120 corresponds to 30 kHz. If the UE acquires this MIB on an FR2 carrier frequency, the value scs15or60 corresponds to 60 kHz and the value scs30or120 corresponds to 120 kHz. For operation with shared spectrum channel access (see 37.213 [48]), the subcarrier spacing for SIB1, Msg.2/4 and MsgB for initial access, paging and broadcast SI-messages is same as that for the corresponding SSB and this field instead is used for deriving the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1.
             ENUMERATED {scs15or60, scs30or120}, 
    
ssb-SubcarrierOffsetCorresponds to kSSB (see TS 38.213 [13]), which is the frequency domain offset between SSB and the overall resource block grid in number of subcarriers. (See TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.3.1).For operation with shared spectrum channel access (see 37.213 [48]), this field corresponds to , and kSSB is obtained from  (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.3.1); the LSB of this field is used also for deriving the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1.
The value range of this field may be extended by an additional most significant bit encoded within PBCH as specified in TS 38.213 [13].
This field may indicate that this cell does not provide SIB1 and that there is hence no CORESET#0 configured in MIB (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13). In this case, the field pdcch-ConfigSIB1 may indicate the frequency positions where the UE may (not) find a SS/PBCH with a control resource set and search space for SIB1 (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13).
                INTEGER (0..15), 
    
dmrs-TypeA-PositionPosition of (first) DM-RS for downlink (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.2) and uplink (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.3).
                 ENUMERATED {pos2, pos3}, 
    
pdcch-ConfigSIB1Determines a common ControlResourceSet (CORESET), a common search space and necessary PDCCH parameters. If the field ssb-SubcarrierOffset indicates that SIB1 is absent, the field pdcch-ConfigSIB1 indicates the frequency positions where the UE may find SS/PBCH block with SIB1 or the frequency range where the network does not provide SS/PBCH block with SIB1 (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13).
                    PDCCH-ConfigSIB1, 
    
cellBarredValue barred means that the cell is barred, as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. This field is ignored by IAB-MT.
                          ENUMERATED {barred, notBarred}, 
    
intraFreqReselectionControls cell selection/reselection to intra-frequency cells when the highest ranked cell is barred, or treated as barred by the UE, as specified in TS 38.304 [20].This field is ignored by IAB-MT.
                ENUMERATED {allowed, notAllowed}, 
    spare                               BIT STRING (SIZE (1)) 
} 
 -- TAG-MIB-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

MIB field descriptions
cellBarred
Value barred means that the cell is barred, as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. This field is ignored by IAB-MT.
dmrs-TypeA-Position
Position of (first) DM-RS for downlink (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.2) and uplink (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.3).
intraFreqReselection
Controls cell selection/reselection to intra-frequency cells when the highest ranked cell is barred, or treated as barred by the UE, as specified in TS 38.304 [20].This field is ignored by IAB-MT.
pdcch-ConfigSIB1
Determines a common ControlResourceSet (CORESET), a common search space and necessary PDCCH parameters. If the field ssb-SubcarrierOffset indicates that SIB1 is absent, the field pdcch-ConfigSIB1 indicates the frequency positions where the UE may find SS/PBCH block with SIB1 or the frequency range where the network does not provide SS/PBCH block with SIB1 (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13).
ssb-SubcarrierOffset
Corresponds to kSSB (see TS 38.213 [13]), which is the frequency domain offset between SSB and the overall resource block grid in number of subcarriers. (See TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.3.1).For operation with shared spectrum channel access (see 37.213 [48]), this field corresponds to , and kSSB is obtained from  (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.3.1); the LSB of this field is used also for deriving the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1.
The value range of this field may be extended by an additional most significant bit encoded within PBCH as specified in TS 38.213 [13].
This field may indicate that this cell does not provide SIB1 and that there is hence no CORESET#0 configured in MIB (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13). In this case, the field pdcch-ConfigSIB1 may indicate the frequency positions where the UE may (not) find a SS/PBCH with a control resource set and search space for SIB1 (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13).
subCarrierSpacingCommon
Subcarrier spacing for SIB1, Msg.2/4 and MsgB for initial access, paging and broadcast SI-messages. If the UE acquires this MIB on an FR1 carrier frequency, the value scs15or60 corresponds to 15 kHz and the value scs30or120 corresponds to 30 kHz. If the UE acquires this MIB on an FR2 carrier frequency, the value scs15or60 corresponds to 60 kHz and the value scs30or120 corresponds to 120 kHz. For operation with shared spectrum channel access (see 37.213 [48]), the subcarrier spacing for SIB1, Msg.2/4 and MsgB for initial access, paging and broadcast SI-messages is same as that for the corresponding SSB and this field instead is used for deriving the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1.
systemFrameNumber
The 6 most significant bits (MSB) of the 10-bit System Frame Number (SFN). The 4 LSB of the SFN are conveyed in the PBCH transport block as part of channel coding (i.e. outside the MIBencoding), as defined in clause 7.1 in TS 38.212 [17].

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-MOBILITYFROMNRCOMMAND-START
MobilityFromNRCommand ::=           SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
            mobilityFromNRCommand           MobilityFromNRCommand-IEs, 
            criticalExtensionsFuture        SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
MobilityFromNRCommand-IEs ::=       SEQUENCE { 
    
targetRAT-TypeIndicates the target RAT type.
                      ENUMERATED { eutra, utra-fdd-v1610, spare2, spare1, ...}, 
    
targetRAT-MessageContainerThe field contains a message specified in another standard, as indicated by the targetRAT-Type, and carries information about the target cell identifier(s) and radio parameters relevant for the target radio access technology. A complete message is included, as specified in the other standard. See NOTE 1
          OCTET STRING,
    
nas-SecurityParamFromNRIf targetRAT-Type is eutra, this field is used to deliver the key synchronisation and Key freshness for the NR to LTE/EPC handovers and a part of the downlink NAS COUNT as specified in TS 33.501 [11] and the content of the parameter is defined in TS 24.501 [23]. If targetRAT-Type is utra-fdd, this field is used to deliver the key synchronisation and Key freshness for the NR to FDD UTRAN handover and a part of the downlink NAS COUNT as specified in TS 33.501 [11] and the content of the parameter is defined in TS 24.501 [23].
             OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,   -- Cond HO-ToEPCUTRAN
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                MobilityFromNRCommand-v1610-IEs                             OPTIONAL 
} 
MobilityFromNRCommand-v1610-IEs ::=     SEQUENCE { 
    
voiceFallbackIndication-r16Indicates the handover is triggered by EPS fallback for IMS voice as specified in TS 23.502 [43].
             ENUMERATED {true}                                       OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    nonCriticalExtension                    SEQUENCE {}                                             OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-MOBILITYFROMNRCOMMAND-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

MobilityFromNRCommand-IEs field descriptions
nas-SecurityParamFromNR
If targetRAT-Type is eutra, this field is used to deliver the key synchronisation and Key freshness for the NR to LTE/EPC handovers and a part of the downlink NAS COUNT as specified in TS 33.501 [11] and the content of the parameter is defined in TS 24.501 [23]. If targetRAT-Type is utra-fdd, this field is used to deliver the key synchronisation and Key freshness for the NR to FDD UTRAN handover and a part of the downlink NAS COUNT as specified in TS 33.501 [11] and the content of the parameter is defined in TS 24.501 [23].
targetRAT-MessageContainer
The field contains a message specified in another standard, as indicated by the targetRAT-Type, and carries information about the target cell identifier(s) and radio parameters relevant for the target radio access technology. A complete message is included, as specified in the other standard. See NOTE 1
targetRAT-Type
Indicates the target RAT type.
voiceFallbackIndication
Indicates the handover is triggered by EPS fallback for IMS voice as specified in TS 23.502 [43].


targetRAT-Type
Standard to apply
targetRAT-MessageContainer
eutra
TS 36.331 [10] (clause 5.4.2)
DL-DCCH-Message including theRRCConnectionReconfiguration
utra-fdd
TS 25.331 [45] (clause 10.2.16a)
Handover TO UTRAN command



Conditional Presence
Explanation
HO-ToEPCUTRAN
This field is mandatory present in case of inter system handover to "EPC" or "FDD UTRAN". Otherwise it is absent.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-PAGING-START
Paging ::=                          SEQUENCE { 
    pagingRecordList                    PagingRecordList                                                        OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE{}                                                              OPTIONAL 
} 
PagingRecordList ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofPageRec)) OF PagingRecord 
PagingRecord ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    ue-Identity                         PagingUE-Identity, 
    
accessTypeIndicates whether the Paging message is originated due to the PDU sessions from the non-3GPP access.
                          ENUMERATED {non3GPP}    OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    ... 
} 
PagingUE-Identity ::=               CHOICE { 
    ng-5G-S-TMSI                        NG-5G-S-TMSI, 
    fullI-RNTI                          I-RNTI-Value, 
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-PAGING-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

PagingRecord field descriptions
accessType
Indicates whether the Paging message is originated due to the PDU sessions from the non-3GPP access.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCREESTABLISHMENT-START
RRCReestablishment ::=              SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        rrcReestablishment                  RRCReestablishment-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCReestablishment-IEs ::=          SEQUENCE { 
    nextHopChainingCount                NextHopChainingCount, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                         OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-RRCREESTABLISHMENT-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCREESTABLISHMENTCOMPLETE-START
RRCReestablishmentComplete ::=              SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier                   RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                          CHOICE { 
        rrcReestablishmentComplete                  RRCReestablishmentComplete-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture                    SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCReestablishmentComplete-IEs ::=          SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension                    OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                        RRCReestablishmentComplete-v1610-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCReestablishmentComplete-v1610-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    ue-MeasurementsAvailable-r16                UE-MeasurementsAvailable-r16    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                        SEQUENCE {}                     OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-RRCREESTABLISHMENTCOMPLETE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCREESTABLISHMENTREQUEST-START
RRCReestablishmentRequest ::=       SEQUENCE { 
    rrcReestablishmentRequest           RRCReestablishmentRequest-IEs 
} 
RRCReestablishmentRequest-IEs ::=   SEQUENCE { 
    
ue-IdentityUE identity included to retrieve UE context and to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.
                         ReestabUE-Identity, 
    
reestablishmentCauseIndicates the failure cause that triggered the re-establishment procedure. gNB is not expected to reject a RRCReestablishmentRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
                ReestablishmentCause, 
    spare                               BIT STRING (SIZE (1)) 
} 
ReestabUE-Identity ::=              SEQUENCE { 
    c-RNTI                              RNTI-Value, 
    
physCellIdThe Physical Cell Identity of the PCell the UE was connected to prior to the failure.
                          PhysCellId, 
    shortMAC-I                          ShortMAC-I 
} 
ReestablishmentCause ::=            ENUMERATED {reconfigurationFailure, handoverFailure, otherFailure, spare1} 
 -- TAG-RRCREESTABLISHMENTREQUEST-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

ReestabUE-Identity field descriptions
physCellId
The Physical Cell Identity of the PCell the UE was connected to prior to the failure.


RRCReestablishmentRequest-IEs field descriptions
reestablishmentCause
Indicates the failure cause that triggered the re-establishment procedure. gNB is not expected to reject a RRCReestablishmentRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
ue-Identity
UE identity included to retrieve UE context and to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCRECONFIGURATION-START
RRCReconfiguration ::=                  SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier               RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                      CHOICE { 
        rrcReconfiguration                      RRCReconfiguration-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture                SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCReconfiguration-IEs ::=              SEQUENCE { 
    
radioBearerConfigConfiguration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP. In (NG)EN-DC, this field may only be present if the RRCReconfiguration is transmitted over SRB3.
                       RadioBearerConfig                                                      OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
secondaryCellGroupConfiguration of secondary cell group ((NG)EN-DC or NR-DC).
                      OCTET STRING (CONTAINING CellGroupConfig)                              OPTIONAL, -- Cond SCG
    measConfig                              MeasConfig                                                             OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    RRCReconfiguration-v1530-IEs                                           OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCReconfiguration-v1530-IEs ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
masterCellGroupConfiguration of master cell group.
                         OCTET STRING (CONTAINING CellGroupConfig)                              OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
fullConfigIndicates that the full configuration option is applicable for the RRCReconfiguration message for intra-system intra-RAT HO. For inter-RAT HO from E-UTRA to NR, fullConfig indicates whether or not delta signalling of SDAP/PDCP from source RAT is applicable. This field is absent if any DAPS bearer is configured or when the RRCReconfiguration message is transmitted on SRB3, and in an RRCReconfiguration message for SCG contained in another RRCReconfiguration message (or RRCConnectionReconfiguration message, see TS 36.331 [10]) transmitted on SRB1.
                              ENUMERATED {true}                                                      OPTIONAL, -- Cond FullConfig
    
dedicatedNAS-MessageListThis field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for each PDU in the list. 
                SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxDRB)) OF DedicatedNAS-Message                     OPTIONAL, -- Cond nonHO
    masterKeyUpdate                         MasterKeyUpdate                                                        OPTIONAL, -- Cond MasterKeyChange
    
dedicatedSIB1-DeliveryThis field is used to transfer SIB1 to the UE.The field has the same values as the corresponding configuration in servingCellConfigCommon.
                  OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SIB1)                                         OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    
dedicatedSystemInformationDeliveryThis field is used to transfer SIB6, SIB7, SIB8 to the UE with an active BWP with no common search space configured. For UEs in RRC_CONNECTED, this field is also used to transfer the SIBs requested on-demand.
      OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformation)                            OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    
otherConfigContains configuration related to other configurations. When configured for the SCG, only fields drx-PreferenceConfig, maxBW-PreferenceConfig, maxCC-PreferenceConfig, maxMIMO-LayerPreferenceConfig,minSchedulingOffsetPreferenceConfig, btNameList, wlanNameList, sensorNameListand obtainCommonLocationcan be included.
                             OtherConfig                                                            OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    nonCriticalExtension                    RRCReconfiguration-v1540-IEs                                           OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCReconfiguration-v1540-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    otherConfig-v1540                       OtherConfig-v1540                                                      OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    nonCriticalExtension                    RRCReconfiguration-v1560-IEs                                           OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCReconfiguration-v1560-IEs ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig            SetupRelease { MRDC-SecondaryCellGroupConfig }                        OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
radioBearerConfig2Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP. This field can only be used if the UE supports NR-DC or NE-DC.
                       OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RadioBearerConfig)                           OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
sk-CounterA counter used upon initial configuration of S-KgNB or S-KeNB, as well as upon refresh of S-KgNB or S-KeNB. This field is always included either upon initial configuration of an NR SCG or upon configuration of the first RB with keyToUse set to secondary, whichever happens first. This field is absent if there is neither any NR SCG nor any RB with keyToUse set to secondary.
                               SK-Counter                                                            OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    nonCriticalExtension                     RRCReconfiguration-v1610-IEs                                          OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCReconfiguration-v1610-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    otherConfig-v1610                       OtherConfig-v1610                                                    OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
bap-Config-r16This field is used to configure the BAP entity for IAB nodes.
                          SetupRelease { BAP-Config-r16 }                                      OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    iab-IP-AddressConfigurationList-r16     IAB-IP-AddressConfigurationList-r16                                  OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
conditionalReconfiguration-r16Configuration of candidate target SpCell(s) and execution condition(s) for conditional handover or conditional PSCell change.For conditional PSCell change, this field may only be present in an RRCReconfiguration message for intra-SN PSCell change. The network does not configure a UE with both conditional PCell change and conditional PSCell change simultaneously. The field is absent if any DAPS bearer is configured or if the masterCellGroupincludes ReconfigurationWithSync.For conditional PSCell change, the field is absent if the secondaryCellGroup includes ReconfigurationWithSync. The RRCReconfiguration message contained in DLInformationTransferMRDC cannot contain the field conditionalReconfiguration for conditional PSCell change.
          ConditionalReconfiguration-r16                                       OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
daps-SourceRelease-r16Indicates to UE that the source cell part of DAPS operation is to be stopped and the source cell part of DAPS configuration is to be released.
                  ENUMERATED{true}                                                     OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    
t316-r16Indicates the value for timer T316 as described in clause 7.1. Value ms50 corresponds to 50 ms, value ms100 corresponds to 100 ms and so on. This field can be configured only if the UE is configured with split SRB1 or SRB3.
                                SetupRelease {T316-r16}                                              OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
needForGapsConfigNR-r16Configuration for the UE to report measurement gap requirement information of NR target bands in the RRCReconfigurationComplete and RRCResumeComplete message.
                 SetupRelease {NeedForGapsConfigNR-r16}                               OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
onDemandSIB-Request-r16If the field is present, the UE is allowed to request SIB(s) on-demand while in RRC_CONNECTED according to clause 5.2.2.3.5.
                 SetupRelease { OnDemandSIB-Request-r16 }                             OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
dedicatedPosSysInfoDelivery-r16This field is used to transfer SIBPos to the UE in RRC_CONNECTED.
         OCTET STRING (CONTAINING PosSystemInformation-r16-IEs)               OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    
sl-ConfigDedicatedNR-r16This field is used to provide the dedicated configurations for NR sidelink communication.
                SetupRelease {SL-ConfigDedicatedNR-r16}                              OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
sl-ConfigDedicatedEUTRA-Info-r16This field includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. In this version of the specification, the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration can only includes sidelink related fields for V2X sidelink communication, i.e. sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated, sl-V2X-SPS-Config, measConfig and/or otherConfig.
        SetupRelease {SL-ConfigDedicatedEUTRA-Info-r16}                      OPTIONAL, -- Need M
 
targetCellSMTC-SCG-r16The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for NR PSCell addition and SN change. When UE receives this field, UE applies the configuration based on the timing reference of NR PCell for PSCell addition and PSCell change for the case of no reconfiguration with sync of MCG, and UE applies the configuration based on the timing reference of target NR PCell for the case of reconfiguration with sync of MCG. If both this field and the smtc in secondaryCellGroup -> SpCellConfig -> reconfigurationWithSync are absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, as configured before the reception of the RRC message.
                  SSB-MTC                                                              OPTIONAL, -- Need S
    nonCriticalExtension                    SEQUENCE {}                                                          OPTIONAL 
} 
MRDC-SecondaryCellGroupConfig ::=       SEQUENCE { 
    
mrdc-ReleaseAndAddThis field indicates that the current SCG configuration is released and a new SCG is added at the same time.
                      ENUMERATED {true}                                                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    
mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupIncludes an RRC message for SCG configuration in NR-DC or NE-DC.For NR-DC (nr-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup contains the RRCReconfiguration message as generated (entirely) by SN gNB. In this version of the specification, the RRC message can only include fields secondaryCellGroup, otherConfig, conditionalReconfiguration and measConfig.
For NE-DC (eutra-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. In this version of the specification, the E-UTRA RRC message can only include the field scg-Configuration.
                 CHOICE { 
        nr-SCG                                  OCTET STRING  (CONTAINING RRCReconfiguration), 
        eutra-SCG                               OCTET STRING 
    } 
} 
BAP-Config-r16 ::=                      SEQUENCE { 
    
bap-Address-r16Indicates the BAP address of an IAB-node. The BAP address of an IAB-node cannot be changed once configured to the BAP entity.
                         BIT STRING (SIZE (10))                                    OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
defaultUL-BAP-RoutingID-r16This field is used for IAB-node to configure the default uplink Routing ID, which is used by IAB-node during IAB-node bootstrapping, migration, IAB-MT RRC resume and IAB-MT RRC re-establishment for F1-C and non-F1 traffic. The defaultUL-BAP-RoutingID can be (re-)configured when IAB-node IP address for F1-C related traffic changes. This field is mandatory only for IAB-node bootstrapping.
             BAP-RoutingID-r16                                         OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
defaultUL-BH-RLC-Channel-r16This field is used for IAB-nodes to configure the default uplink BH RLC channel, which is used by IAB-nodeduring IAB-node bootstrapping, migration, IAB-MT RRC resume and IAB-MT RRC re-establishmentfor F1-C and non-F1 traffic. The defaultUL-BH-RLC-Channel can be (re-)configured when IAB-node IP address for F1-C related traffic changes, and the new IP address is anchored at a different IAB-donor-DU. This field is mandatory for IAB-node bootstrapping. If the IAB-MT is operating in EN-DC, the default uplink BH RLC channel is referring to an RLC channel on the SCG; Otherwise, it is referring to an RLC channel on the MCG.
            BH-RLC-ChannelID-r16                                      OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
flowControlFeedbackType-r16This field is only used for IAB-node that support hop-by-hop flow control to configure the type of flow control feedback. Value perBH-RLC-Channel indicates that the IAB-node shall provide flow control feedback per BH RLC channel, value perRoutingID indicates that the IAB-node shall provide flow control feedback per routing ID, and value both indicates that the IAB-node shall provide flow control feedback both per BH RLC channel and per routing ID.
             ENUMERATED {perBH-RLC-Channel, perRoutingID, both}        OPTIONAL, -- Need R
    ... 
} 
MasterKeyUpdate ::=                 SEQUENCE { 
    
keySetChangeIndicatorIndicates whether UE shall derive a new KgNB. If reconfigurationWithSync is included, value true indicates that a KgNB key is derived from a KAMF key taken into use through the latest successful NAS SMC procedure, or N2 handover procedure with KAMF change, as described in TS 33.501 [11] for KgNB re-keying. Value false indicates that the new KgNB key is obtained from the current KgNB key or from the NH as described in TS 33.501 [11].
           BOOLEAN,
    
nextHopChainingCountParameter NCC: See TS 33.501 [11]
            NextHopChainingCount, 
    
nas-ContainerThis field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for this field, although it affects activation of AS  security after inter-system handover to NR. The content is defined in TS 24.501 [23].
                   OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,    -- Cond securityNASC
    ... 
} 
OnDemandSIB-Request-r16 ::=                  SEQUENCE { 
    
onDemandSIB-RequestProhibitTimer-r16Prohibit timer for requesting SIB(s) on-demand while in RRC_CONNECTED according to clause 5.2.2.3.5. Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to 0 seconds, value s0dot5 means prohibit timer is set to 0.5 seconds, value s1 means prohibit timer is set to 1 second and so on.
         ENUMERATED {s0, s0dot5, s1, s2, s5, s10, s20, s30} 
} 
T316-r16 ::=         ENUMERATED {ms50, ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms500, ms600, ms1000, ms1500, ms2000} 
IAB-IP-AddressConfigurationList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
iab-IP-AddressToAddModList-r16List of IP addresses allocated for IAB-node to be added and modified.
      SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxIAB-IP-Address-r16)) OF IAB-IP-AddressConfiguration-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    
iab-IP-AddressToReleaseList-r16List of IP address allocated for IAB-node to be released.
     SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxIAB-IP-Address-r16)) OF IAB-IP-AddressIndex-r16         OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    ... 
} 
IAB-IP-AddressConfiguration-r16 ::=     SEQUENCE { 
    
iab-IP-AddressIndex-r16This field is used to identify a configuration of an IP address.
                 IAB-IP-AddressIndex-r16, 
    
iab-IP-Address-r16This field is used to provide the IP address information for IAB-node.
                      IAB-IP-Address-r16                                                OPTIONAL,  -- Need M
    
iab-IP-Usage-r16This field is used to indicate the usage of the assigned IP address. If this field is not configured, the assigned IP address is used for all traffic.
                        IAB-IP-Usage-r16                                                  OPTIONAL,  -- Need M
    
iab-donor-DU-BAP-Address-r16This field is used to indicate the BAP address of the IAB-donor-DU where the IP address is anchored.
            BIT STRING (SIZE(10))                                             OPTIONAL,  -- Need M
... 
} 
SL-ConfigDedicatedEUTRA-Info-r16 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    sl-ConfigDedicatedEUTRA-r16                    OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,  -- Need M
    sl-TimeOffsetEUTRA-List-r16                    SEQUENCE (SIZE (8)) OF SL-TimeOffsetEUTRA-r16             OPTIONAL  -- Need M
} 
SL-TimeOffsetEUTRA-r16 ::=        ENUMERATED {ms0, ms0dot25, ms0dot5, ms0dot625, ms0dot75, ms1, ms1dot25, ms1dot5, ms1dot75, 
                                              ms2, ms2dot5, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms8, ms10, ms20} 
 -- TAG-RRCRECONFIGURATION-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

RRCReconfiguration-IEs field descriptions
bap-Config
This field is used to configure the BAP entity for IAB nodes.
bap-Address
Indicates the BAP address of an IAB-node. The BAP address of an IAB-node cannot be changed once configured to the BAP entity.
conditionalReconfiguration
Configuration of candidate target SpCell(s) and execution condition(s) for conditional handover or conditional PSCell change.For conditional PSCell change, this field may only be present in an RRCReconfiguration message for intra-SN PSCell change. The network does not configure a UE with both conditional PCell change and conditional PSCell change simultaneously. The field is absent if any DAPS bearer is configured or if the masterCellGroupincludes ReconfigurationWithSync.For conditional PSCell change, the field is absent if the secondaryCellGroup includes ReconfigurationWithSync. The RRCReconfiguration message contained in DLInformationTransferMRDC cannot contain the field conditionalReconfiguration for conditional PSCell change.
daps-SourceRelease
Indicates to UE that the source cell part of DAPS operation is to be stopped and the source cell part of DAPS configuration is to be released.
dedicatedNAS-MessageList
This field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for each PDU in the list. 
dedicatedPosSysInfoDelivery
This field is used to transfer SIBPos to the UE in RRC_CONNECTED.
dedicatedSIB1-Delivery
This field is used to transfer SIB1 to the UE.The field has the same values as the corresponding configuration in servingCellConfigCommon.
dedicatedSystemInformationDelivery
This field is used to transfer SIB6, SIB7, SIB8 to the UE with an active BWP with no common search space configured. For UEs in RRC_CONNECTED, this field is also used to transfer the SIBs requested on-demand.
defaultUL-BAP-RoutingID
This field is used for IAB-node to configure the default uplink Routing ID, which is used by IAB-node during IAB-node bootstrapping, migration, IAB-MT RRC resume and IAB-MT RRC re-establishment for F1-C and non-F1 traffic. The defaultUL-BAP-RoutingID can be (re-)configured when IAB-node IP address for F1-C related traffic changes. This field is mandatory only for IAB-node bootstrapping.
defaultUL-BH-RLC-Channel
This field is used for IAB-nodes to configure the default uplink BH RLC channel, which is used by IAB-nodeduring IAB-node bootstrapping, migration, IAB-MT RRC resume and IAB-MT RRC re-establishmentfor F1-C and non-F1 traffic. The defaultUL-BH-RLC-Channel can be (re-)configured when IAB-node IP address for F1-C related traffic changes, and the new IP address is anchored at a different IAB-donor-DU. This field is mandatory for IAB-node bootstrapping. If the IAB-MT is operating in EN-DC, the default uplink BH RLC channel is referring to an RLC channel on the SCG; Otherwise, it is referring to an RLC channel on the MCG.
flowControlFeedbackType
This field is only used for IAB-node that support hop-by-hop flow control to configure the type of flow control feedback. Value perBH-RLC-Channel indicates that the IAB-node shall provide flow control feedback per BH RLC channel, value perRoutingID indicates that the IAB-node shall provide flow control feedback per routing ID, and value both indicates that the IAB-node shall provide flow control feedback both per BH RLC channel and per routing ID.
fullConfig
Indicates that the full configuration option is applicable for the RRCReconfiguration message for intra-system intra-RAT HO. For inter-RAT HO from E-UTRA to NR, fullConfig indicates whether or not delta signalling of SDAP/PDCP from source RAT is applicable. This field is absent if any DAPS bearer is configured or when the RRCReconfiguration message is transmitted on SRB3, and in an RRCReconfiguration message for SCG contained in another RRCReconfiguration message (or RRCConnectionReconfiguration message, see TS 36.331 [10]) transmitted on SRB1.
iab-IP-Address
This field is used to provide the IP address information for IAB-node.
iab-IP-AddressIndex
This field is used to identify a configuration of an IP address.
iab-IP-AddressToAddModList
List of IP addresses allocated for IAB-node to be added and modified.
iab-IP-AddressToReleaseList
List of IP address allocated for IAB-node to be released.
iab-IP-Usage
This field is used to indicate the usage of the assigned IP address. If this field is not configured, the assigned IP address is used for all traffic.
iab-donor-DU-BAP-Address
This field is used to indicate the BAP address of the IAB-donor-DU where the IP address is anchored.
keySetChangeIndicator
Indicates whether UE shall derive a new KgNB. If reconfigurationWithSync is included, value true indicates that a KgNB key is derived from a KAMF key taken into use through the latest successful NAS SMC procedure, or N2 handover procedure with KAMF change, as described in TS 33.501 [11] for KgNB re-keying. Value false indicates that the new KgNB key is obtained from the current KgNB key or from the NH as described in TS 33.501 [11].
masterCellGroup
Configuration of master cell group.
mrdc-ReleaseAndAdd
This field indicates that the current SCG configuration is released and a new SCG is added at the same time.
mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup
Includes an RRC message for SCG configuration in NR-DC or NE-DC.For NR-DC (nr-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup contains the RRCReconfiguration message as generated (entirely) by SN gNB. In this version of the specification, the RRC message can only include fields secondaryCellGroup, otherConfig, conditionalReconfiguration and measConfig.
For NE-DC (eutra-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. In this version of the specification, the E-UTRA RRC message can only include the field scg-Configuration.
nas-Container
This field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for this field, although it affects activation of AS  security after inter-system handover to NR. The content is defined in TS 24.501 [23].
needForGapsConfigNR
Configuration for the UE to report measurement gap requirement information of NR target bands in the RRCReconfigurationComplete and RRCResumeComplete message.
nextHopChainingCount
Parameter NCC: See TS 33.501 [11]
onDemandSIB-Request
If the field is present, the UE is allowed to request SIB(s) on-demand while in RRC_CONNECTED according to clause 5.2.2.3.5.
onDemandSIB-RequestProhibitTimer
Prohibit timer for requesting SIB(s) on-demand while in RRC_CONNECTED according to clause 5.2.2.3.5. Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to 0 seconds, value s0dot5 means prohibit timer is set to 0.5 seconds, value s1 means prohibit timer is set to 1 second and so on.
otherConfig
Contains configuration related to other configurations. When configured for the SCG, only fields drx-PreferenceConfig, maxBW-PreferenceConfig, maxCC-PreferenceConfig, maxMIMO-LayerPreferenceConfig,minSchedulingOffsetPreferenceConfig, btNameList, wlanNameList, sensorNameListand obtainCommonLocationcan be included.
radioBearerConfig
Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP. In (NG)EN-DC, this field may only be present if the RRCReconfiguration is transmitted over SRB3.
radioBearerConfig2
Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP. This field can only be used if the UE supports NR-DC or NE-DC.
secondaryCellGroup
Configuration of secondary cell group ((NG)EN-DC or NR-DC).
sk-Counter
A counter used upon initial configuration of S-KgNB or S-KeNB, as well as upon refresh of S-KgNB or S-KeNB. This field is always included either upon initial configuration of an NR SCG or upon configuration of the first RB with keyToUse set to secondary, whichever happens first. This field is absent if there is neither any NR SCG nor any RB with keyToUse set to secondary.
sl-ConfigDedicatedNR
This field is used to provide the dedicated configurations for NR sidelink communication.
sl-ConfigDedicatedEUTRA-Info
This field includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. In this version of the specification, the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration can only includes sidelink related fields for V2X sidelink communication, i.e. sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated, sl-V2X-SPS-Config, measConfig and/or otherConfig.
sl-TimeOffsetEUTRA
This field indicates the possible time offset to (de)activation of V2X sidelink transmission after receiving DCI format 3_1 used for scheduling V2X sidelink communication. Value ms0dpt75 corresponds to 0.75ms, ms1 corresponds to 1ms and so on. The network includes this field only when sl-ConfigDedicatedEUTRA is configured.
targetCellSMTC-SCG
The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for NR PSCell addition and SN change. When UE receives this field, UE applies the configuration based on the timing reference of NR PCell for PSCell addition and PSCell change for the case of no reconfiguration with sync of MCG, and UE applies the configuration based on the timing reference of target NR PCell for the case of reconfiguration with sync of MCG. If both this field and the smtc in secondaryCellGroup -> SpCellConfig -> reconfigurationWithSync are absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, as configured before the reception of the RRC message.
t316
Indicates the value for timer T316 as described in clause 7.1. Value ms50 corresponds to 50 ms, value ms100 corresponds to 100 ms and so on. This field can be configured only if the UE is configured with split SRB1 or SRB3.


Conditional Presence
Explanation
nonHO
The field is absent in case of reconfiguration with sync within NR or to NR; otherwise it is optionally present, need N.
securityNASC
This field is mandatory present in case of inter system handover. Otherwise the field is optionally present, need N.
MasterKeyChange
This field is mandatory present in case masterCellGroup includes ReconfigurationWithSync and RadioBearerConfig includes SecurityConfig with SecurityAlgorithmConfig, indicating a change of the AS security algorithms associated to the master key. If ReconfigurationWithSync is included for other cases, this field is optionally present, need N. Otherwise the field is absent.
FullConfig
The field is mandatory present in case of inter-system handover from E-UTRA/EPC to NR. It is optionally present, Need N, during reconfiguration with sync and also in first reconfiguration after reestablishment; or for intra-system handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR. It is absent otherwise.
SCG
The field is mandatory present in:
-an RRCReconfiguration message contained in an RRCResume message (or in an RRCConnectionResume message, see TS 36.331 [10]),
-an RRCReconfiguration message contained in an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message, see TS 36.331 [10], which is contained in DLInformationTransferMRDCtransmitted on SRB3 (as a response to ULInformationTransferMRDC including an MCGFailureInformation).
The field is optional present, Need M, in:
-an RRCReconfiguration message transmitted on SRB3,
-an RRCReconfiguration message contained in another RRCReconfiguration message (or in an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message, see TS 36.331 [10]) transmitted on SRB1
-an RRCReconfiguration message contained in another RRCReconfiguration message which is contained in DLInformationTransferMRDCtransmitted on SRB3 (as a response to ULInformationTransferMRDC including an MCGFailureInformation)
Otherwise, the field is absent

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCRECONFIGURATIONCOMPLETE-START
RRCReconfigurationComplete ::=              SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier                   RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                          CHOICE { 
        rrcReconfigurationComplete                  RRCReconfigurationComplete-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture                    SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCReconfigurationComplete-IEs ::=          SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension                    OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                        RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1530-IEs                                    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1530-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
uplinkTxDirectCurrentListThe Tx Direct Current locations for the configured serving cells and BWPs if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent in CellGroupConfig).
                   UplinkTxDirectCurrentList                                               OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                        RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1560-IEs                                    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1560-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
scg-ResponseIn case of NR-DC (nr-SCG-Response), this field includes the RRCReconfigurationComplete message. In case of NE-DC (eutra-SCG-Response), this field includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
                                CHOICE { 
        nr-SCG-Response                             OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCReconfigurationComplete), 
        eutra-SCG-Response                          OCTET STRING 
    }                                                                                                                       OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                        RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1610-IEs                                    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1610-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    ue-MeasurementsAvailable-r16                UE-MeasurementsAvailable-r16                                            OPTIONAL,
    
needForGapsInfoNR-r16This field is used to indicate the measurement gap requirement information of the UE for NR target bands.
                       NeedForGapsInfoNR-r16                                                   OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                        RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1640-IEs OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1640-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
uplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrierList-r16The Tx Direct Current locations for the configured uplink intra-band CA with two carriers if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrier-r16 in CellGroupConfig).
     UplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrierList-r16                                 OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                        SEQUENCE {}                                     OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-RRCRECONFIGURATIONCOMPLETE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

RRCReconfigurationComplete-IEs field descriptions
needForGapsInfoNR
This field is used to indicate the measurement gap requirement information of the UE for NR target bands.
scg-Response
In case of NR-DC (nr-SCG-Response), this field includes the RRCReconfigurationComplete message. In case of NE-DC (eutra-SCG-Response), this field includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
uplinkTxDirectCurrentList
The Tx Direct Current locations for the configured serving cells and BWPs if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent in CellGroupConfig).
uplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrierList
The Tx Direct Current locations for the configured uplink intra-band CA with two carriers if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrier-r16 in CellGroupConfig).

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCREJECT-START
RRCReject ::=                       SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        rrcReject                           RRCReject-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCReject-IEs ::=                   SEQUENCE { 
    
waitTimeWait time value in seconds. The field is always included.
                            RejectWaitTime                                                          OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE{}                                                              OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-RRCREJECT-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

RRCReject-IEs field descriptions
waitTime
Wait time value in seconds. The field is always included.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCRELEASE-START
RRCRelease ::=                      SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        rrcRelease                          RRCRelease-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCRelease-IEs ::=                  SEQUENCE { 
    
redirectedCarrierInfoIndicates a carrier frequency (downlink for FDD) and is used to redirect the UE to an NR or an inter-RAT carrier frequency, by means of cell selection at transition to RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE as specified in TS 38.304 [20]. Based on UE capability, the network may includeredirectedCarrierInfo in RRCRelease message with suspendConfig if this message is sent in response to an RRCResumeRequest or an RRCResumeRequest1 which is triggered by the NAS layer (see 5.3.1.4 in TS 24.501 [23]).
               RedirectedCarrierInfo                                                       OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    cellReselectionPriorities           CellReselectionPriorities                                                   OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
suspendConfigIndicates configuration for the RRC_INACTIVE state. The network does not configure suspendConfig when the network redirect the UE to an inter-RAT carrier frequencyor if the UE is configured with a DAPS bearer.
                       SuspendConfig                                                               OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
deprioritisationReqIndicates whether the current frequency or RAT is to be de-prioritised.
                 SEQUENCE { 
        deprioritisationType                ENUMERATED {frequency, nr}, 
        
deprioritisationTimerIndicates the period for which either the current carrier frequency or NR is deprioritised. Value minN corresponds to N minutes.
               ENUMERATED {min5, min10, min15, min30} 
    }                                                                                                               OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    RRCRelease-v1540-IEs                                                OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCRelease-v1540-IEs ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    waitTime                           RejectWaitTime                OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    nonCriticalExtension               RRCRelease-v1610-IEs          OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCRelease-v1610-IEs ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
voiceFallbackIndication-r16Indicates the RRC release is triggered by EPS fallback for IMS voice as specified in TS 23.502 [43].
        ENUMERATED {true}                             OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    
measIdleConfig-r16Indicates measurement configuration to be stored and used by the UE while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
                 SetupRelease {MeasIdleConfigDedicated-r16}    OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    nonCriticalExtension               RRCRelease-v1650-IEs OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCRelease-v1650-IEs ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
mpsPriorityIndication-r16Indicates the UE can set the establishment cause to mps-PriorityAccess for a new connection following a redirect to NR or set the resume cause to mps-PriorityAccess for a resume following a redirect to NR. If the target RAT is E-UTRA, see TS36.331[10]. The gNB sets the indication only for UEs authorized to receive MPS treatment as indicated by ARP and/or QoS characteristics at the gNB, and it is applicable only for this instance of release with redirection to carrier/RAT included in the redirectedCarrierInfo field in the RRCRelease message.
          ENUMERATED {true}                             OPTIONAL, -- Cond Redirection2
    nonCriticalExtension               SEQUENCE {}                                   OPTIONAL 
} 
RedirectedCarrierInfo ::=           CHOICE { 
    nr                                  CarrierInfoNR, 
    eutra                               RedirectedCarrierInfo-EUTRA, 
    ... 
} 
RedirectedCarrierInfo-EUTRA ::=     SEQUENCE { 
    eutraFrequency                      ARFCN-ValueEUTRA, 
    
cnTypeIndicate that the UE is redirected to EPC or 5GC.
                              ENUMERATED {epc,fiveGC}                                             OPTIONAL  -- Need N
} 
CarrierInfoNR ::=                   SEQUENCE { 
    
carrierFreqIndicates the redirected NR frequency.
                         ARFCN-ValueNR, 
    
ssbSubcarrierSpacingSubcarrier spacing of SSB in the redirected SSB frequency. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), and 120 kHz or 240 kHz (FR2) are applicable.
                SubcarrierSpacing, 
    
smtcThe SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration for the redirected SSB frequency. It is based on timing reference of PCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC configured in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing.
                                SSB-MTC                                                             OPTIONAL,      -- Need S
    ... 
} 
SuspendConfig ::=                   SEQUENCE { 
    fullI-RNTI                          I-RNTI-Value, 
    shortI-RNTI                         ShortI-RNTI-Value, 
    
ran-PagingCycleRefers to the UE specific cycle for RAN-initiated paging. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, value rf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on.
                     PagingCycle, 
    
ran-NotificationAreaInfoNetwork ensures that the UE in RRC_INACTIVE always has a valid ran-NotificationAreaInfo.
            RAN-NotificationAreaInfo                                            OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
t380Refers to the timer that triggers the periodic RNAU procedure in UE. Value min5 corresponds to 5 minutes, value min10 corresponds to 10 minutes and so on.
                                PeriodicRNAU-TimerValue                                             OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    nextHopChainingCount                NextHopChainingCount, 
    ... 
} 
PeriodicRNAU-TimerValue ::=         ENUMERATED { min5, min10, min20, min30, min60, min120, min360, min720} 
CellReselectionPriorities ::=       SEQUENCE { 
    freqPriorityListEUTRA               FreqPriorityListEUTRA                                               OPTIONAL,       -- Need M
    freqPriorityListNR                  FreqPriorityListNR                                                  OPTIONAL,       -- Need M
    t320                                ENUMERATED {min5, min10, min20, min30, min60, min120, min180, spare1} OPTIONAL,     -- Need R
    ... 
} 
PagingCycle ::=                     ENUMERATED {rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256} 
FreqPriorityListEUTRA ::=           SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityEUTRA 
FreqPriorityListNR ::=              SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityNR 
FreqPriorityEUTRA ::=               SEQUENCE { 
    
carrierFreqIndicates the redirected NR frequency.
                         ARFCN-ValueEUTRA, 
    cellReselectionPriority             CellReselectionPriority, 
    cellReselectionSubPriority          CellReselectionSubPriority                                          OPTIONAL  -- Need R
} 
FreqPriorityNR ::=                  SEQUENCE { 
    
carrierFreqIndicates the redirected NR frequency.
                         ARFCN-ValueNR, 
    cellReselectionPriority             CellReselectionPriority, 
    cellReselectionSubPriority          CellReselectionSubPriority                                          OPTIONAL  -- Need R
} 
RAN-NotificationAreaInfo ::=        CHOICE { 
    
cellListA list of cells configured as RAN area.
                            PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList, 
    
ran-AreaConfigListA list of RAN area codes or RA code(s) as RAN area.
                  PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList, 
    ... 
} 
PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList ::=           SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxPLMNIdentities)) OF PLMN-RAN-AreaCell 
PLMN-RAN-AreaCell ::=               SEQUENCE { 
    
plmn-IdentityPLMN Identity to which the cells in ran-AreaCells belong. If the field is absent the UE not in SNPN access mode uses the ID of the registered PLMN. This field is not included for UE in SNPN access mode (for UE in SNPN access mode the ran-AreaCells always belongs to the registered SNPN).
                       PLMN-Identity                                                       OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
ran-AreaCellsThe total number of cells of all PLMNs does not exceed 32.
                       SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..32)) OF  CellIdentity 
} 
PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList ::=         SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMNIdentities)) OF PLMN-RAN-AreaConfig 
PLMN-RAN-AreaConfig ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    
plmn-IdentityPLMN Identity to which the cells in ran-AreaCells belong. If the field is absent the UE not in SNPN access mode uses the ID of the registered PLMN. This field is not included for UE in SNPN access mode (for UE in SNPN access mode the ran-AreaCells always belongs to the registered SNPN).
                       PLMN-Identity                                                       OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
ran-AreaIndicates whether TA code(s) or RAN area code(s) are used for the RAN notification area. The network uses only TA code(s) or both TA code(s) and RAN area code(s) to configure a UE. The total number of TACs across all PLMNs does not exceed 16.
                            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF  RAN-AreaConfig 
} 
RAN-AreaConfig ::=                  SEQUENCE { 
    trackingAreaCode                    TrackingAreaCode, 
    
ran-AreaCodeListThe total number of RAN-AreaCodes of all PLMNs does not exceed 32.
                    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..32)) OF  RAN-AreaCode                            OPTIONAL  -- Need R
} 
 -- TAG-RRCRELEASE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

RRCRelease-IEs field descriptions
cnType
Indicate that the UE is redirected to EPC or 5GC.
deprioritisationReq
Indicates whether the current frequency or RAT is to be de-prioritised.
deprioritisationTimer
Indicates the period for which either the current carrier frequency or NR is deprioritised. Value minN corresponds to N minutes.
measIdleConfig
Indicates measurement configuration to be stored and used by the UE while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
mpsPriorityIndication
Indicates the UE can set the establishment cause to mps-PriorityAccess for a new connection following a redirect to NR or set the resume cause to mps-PriorityAccess for a resume following a redirect to NR. If the target RAT is E-UTRA, see TS36.331[10]. The gNB sets the indication only for UEs authorized to receive MPS treatment as indicated by ARP and/or QoS characteristics at the gNB, and it is applicable only for this instance of release with redirection to carrier/RAT included in the redirectedCarrierInfo field in the RRCRelease message.
suspendConfig
Indicates configuration for the RRC_INACTIVE state. The network does not configure suspendConfig when the network redirect the UE to an inter-RAT carrier frequencyor if the UE is configured with a DAPS bearer.
redirectedCarrierInfo
Indicates a carrier frequency (downlink for FDD) and is used to redirect the UE to an NR or an inter-RAT carrier frequency, by means of cell selection at transition to RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE as specified in TS 38.304 [20]. Based on UE capability, the network may includeredirectedCarrierInfo in RRCRelease message with suspendConfig if this message is sent in response to an RRCResumeRequest or an RRCResumeRequest1 which is triggered by the NAS layer (see 5.3.1.4 in TS 24.501 [23]).
voiceFallbackIndication
Indicates the RRC release is triggered by EPS fallback for IMS voice as specified in TS 23.502 [43].


CarrierInfoNR field descriptions
carrierFreq
Indicates the redirected NR frequency.
ssbSubcarrierSpacing
Subcarrier spacing of SSB in the redirected SSB frequency. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), and 120 kHz or 240 kHz (FR2) are applicable.
smtc
The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration for the redirected SSB frequency. It is based on timing reference of PCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC configured in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing.


RAN-NotificationAreaInfo field descriptions
cellList
A list of cells configured as RAN area.
ran-AreaConfigList
A list of RAN area codes or RA code(s) as RAN area.


PLMN-RAN-AreaConfig field descriptions
plmn-Identity
PLMN Identity to which the cells in ran-Area belong. If the field is absent the UE not in SNPN access mode uses the ID of the registered PLMN. This field is not included for UE in SNPN access mode (for UE in SNPN access mode the ran-Area always belongs to the registered SNPN).
ran-AreaCodeList
The total number of RAN-AreaCodes of all PLMNs does not exceed 32.
ran-Area
Indicates whether TA code(s) or RAN area code(s) are used for the RAN notification area. The network uses only TA code(s) or both TA code(s) and RAN area code(s) to configure a UE. The total number of TACs across all PLMNs does not exceed 16.


PLMN-RAN-AreaCell field descriptions
plmn-Identity
PLMN Identity to which the cells in ran-AreaCells belong. If the field is absent the UE not in SNPN access mode uses the ID of the registered PLMN. This field is not included for UE in SNPN access mode (for UE in SNPN access mode the ran-AreaCells always belongs to the registered SNPN).
ran-AreaCells
The total number of cells of all PLMNs does not exceed 32.


SuspendConfig field descriptions
ran-NotificationAreaInfo
Network ensures that the UE in RRC_INACTIVE always has a valid ran-NotificationAreaInfo.
ran-PagingCycle
Refers to the UE specific cycle for RAN-initiated paging. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, value rf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on.
t380
Refers to the timer that triggers the periodic RNAU procedure in UE. Value min5 corresponds to 5 minutes, value min10 corresponds to 10 minutes and so on.


Conditional Presence
Explanation
Redirection2
The field is optionally present, Need R, if redirectedCarrierInfo is included; otherwise the field is not present.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCRESUME-START
RRCResume ::=                       SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        rrcResume                           RRCResume-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCResume-IEs ::=                   SEQUENCE { 
    
radioBearerConfigConfiguration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP.
                   RadioBearerConfig                                               OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
masterCellGroupConfiguration of the master cell group.
                     OCTET STRING (CONTAINING CellGroupConfig)                       OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    measConfig                          MeasConfig                                                      OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    fullConfig                          ENUMERATED {true}                                               OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCResume-v1560-IEs                                             OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCResume-v1560-IEs ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    
radioBearerConfig2Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP. This field can only be used if the UE supports NR-DC or NE-DC.
                  OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RadioBearerConfig)                     OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
sk-CounterA counter used to derive S-KgNB or S-KeNB based on the newly derived KgNB during RRC Resume. The field is only included when there is one or more RB with keyToUse set to secondaryor mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup is included.
                          SK-Counter                                                      OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCResume-v1610-IEs                                             OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCResume-v1610-IEs ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    
idleModeMeasurementReq-r16This field indicates that the UE shall report the idle/inactive measurements, if available, to the network in the RRCResumeComplete message
          ENUMERATED {true}                                               OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    
restoreMCG-SCells-r16Indicates that the UE shall restore the MCG SCells from the UE Inactive AS Context, if stored.
               ENUMERATED {true}                                               OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    
restoreSCG-r16Indicates that the UE shall restore the SCG configurationsfrom the UE Inactive AS Context, if stored.
                      ENUMERATED {true}                                               OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    
mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup-r16Includes an RRC message for SCG configuration in NR-DC or NE-DC.
For NR-DC (nr-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup contains the RRCReconfiguration message as generated (entirely) by SN gNB. In this version of the specification, the RRC message can only include fields secondaryCellGroup(with at least reconfigurationWithSync),otherConfigand measConfig.
For NE-DC (eutra-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. In this version of the specification, the E-UTRA RRC message only include the field scg-Configuration with at least mobilityControlInfoSCG.
         CHOICE { 
        nr-SCG-r16                          OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCReconfiguration), 
        eutra-SCG-r16                       OCTET STRING 
    }                                                                                                   OPTIONAL, -- Cond RestoreSCG
    
needForGapsConfigNR-r16Configuration for the UE to report measurement gap requirement information of NR target bands in the RRCReconfigurationComplete and RRCResumeComplete message.
             SetupRelease {NeedForGapsConfigNR-r16}                          OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE{}                                                      OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-RRCRESUME-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

RRCResume-IEs field descriptions
idleModeMeasurementReq
This field indicates that the UE shall report the idle/inactive measurements, if available, to the network in the RRCResumeComplete message
masterCellGroup
Configuration of the master cell group.
mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup
Includes an RRC message for SCG configuration in NR-DC or NE-DC.
For NR-DC (nr-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup contains the RRCReconfiguration message as generated (entirely) by SN gNB. In this version of the specification, the RRC message can only include fields secondaryCellGroup(with at least reconfigurationWithSync),otherConfigand measConfig.
For NE-DC (eutra-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. In this version of the specification, the E-UTRA RRC message only include the field scg-Configuration with at least mobilityControlInfoSCG.
needForGapsConfigNR
Configuration for the UE to report measurement gap requirement information of NR target bands in the RRCReconfigurationComplete and RRCResumeComplete message.
radioBearerConfig
Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP.
radioBearerConfig2
Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP. This field can only be used if the UE supports NR-DC or NE-DC.
restoreMCG-SCells
Indicates that the UE shall restore the MCG SCells from the UE Inactive AS Context, if stored.
restoreSCG
Indicates that the UE shall restore the SCG configurationsfrom the UE Inactive AS Context, if stored.
sk-Counter
A counter used to derive S-KgNB or S-KeNB based on the newly derived KgNB during RRC Resume. The field is only included when there is one or more RB with keyToUse set to secondaryor mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup is included.


Conditional Presence
Explanation
RestoreSCG
The field is mandatory present if restoreSCG is included. It is optionally present, Need M, otherwise.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCRESUMECOMPLETE-START
RRCResumeComplete ::=                   SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier               RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                      CHOICE { 
        rrcResumeComplete                       RRCResumeComplete-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture                SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCResumeComplete-IEs ::=               SEQUENCE { 
    dedicatedNAS-Message                    DedicatedNAS-Message                                                    OPTIONAL,
    
selectedPLMN-IdentityIndex of the PLMN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityInfoListor npn-IdentityInfoListfields included in SIB1.
                   INTEGER (1..maxPLMN)                                                    OPTIONAL,
    
uplinkTxDirectCurrentListThe Tx Direct Current locations for the configured serving cells and BWPs if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent in CellGroupConfig).
               UplinkTxDirectCurrentList                                               OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    RRCResumeComplete-v1610-IEs                                             OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCResumeComplete-v1610-IEs ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    
idleMeasAvailable-r16Indication that the UE has idle/inactive measurement report available.
                   ENUMERATED {true}                                                       OPTIONAL,
    
measResultIdleEUTRA-r16EUTRA measurement results performed during RRC_INACTIVE.
                 MeasResultIdleEUTRA-r16                                                 OPTIONAL,
    
measResultIdleNR-r16NR measurement results performed during RRC_INACTIVE.
                    MeasResultIdleNR-r16                                                    OPTIONAL,
    scg-Response-r16                        CHOICE { 
        nr-SCG-Response                         OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCReconfigurationComplete), 
        eutra-SCG-Response                      OCTET STRING 
    }                                                                                                               OPTIONAL,
    ue-MeasurementsAvailable-r16            UE-MeasurementsAvailable-r16                                            OPTIONAL,
    mobilityHistoryAvail-r16                ENUMERATED {true}                                                       OPTIONAL,
    mobilityState-r16                       ENUMERATED {normal, medium, high, spare}                                OPTIONAL,
    
needForGapsInfoNR-r16This field is used to indicate the measurement gap requirement information of the UE for NR target bands.
                   NeedForGapsInfoNR-r16                                                   OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    RRCResumeComplete-v1640-IEs OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCResumeComplete-v1640-IEs ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    
uplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrierList-r16The Tx Direct Current locations for the configured uplink intra-band CA with two carriers if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrier-r16 in CellGroupConfig).
 UplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrierList-r16                                 OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    SEQUENCE {}                                                             OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-RRCRESUMECOMPLETE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

RRCResumeComplete-IEs field descriptions
idleMeasAvailable
Indication that the UE has idle/inactive measurement report available.
measResultIdleEUTRA
EUTRA measurement results performed during RRC_INACTIVE.
measResultIdleNR
NR measurement results performed during RRC_INACTIVE.
needForGapsInfoNR
This field is used to indicate the measurement gap requirement information of the UE for NR target bands.
selectedPLMN-Identity
Index of the PLMN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityInfoListor npn-IdentityInfoListfields included in SIB1.
uplinkTxDirectCurrentList
The Tx Direct Current locations for the configured serving cells and BWPs if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent in CellGroupConfig).
uplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrierList
The Tx Direct Current locations for the configured uplink intra-band CA with two carriers if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrier-r16 in CellGroupConfig).

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCRESUMEREQUEST-START
RRCResumeRequest ::=            SEQUENCE { 
        rrcResumeRequest            RRCResumeRequest-IEs 
} 
RRCResumeRequest-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
resumeIdentityUE identity to facilitate UE context retrieval at gNB.
                  ShortI-RNTI-Value, 
    
resumeMAC-IAuthentication token to facilitate UE authentication at gNB. The 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated using the AS security configuration as specified in 5.3.13.3.
                     BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
resumeCauseProvides the resume cause for the RRC connection resume request as provided by the upper layers or RRC. The network is not expected to reject an RRCResumeRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
                     ResumeCause, 
    spare                           BIT STRING (SIZE (1)) 
} 
 -- TAG-RRCRESUMEREQUEST-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

RRCResumeRequest-IEs field descriptions
resumeCause
Provides the resume cause for the RRC connection resume request as provided by the upper layers or RRC. The network is not expected to reject an RRCResumeRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
resumeIdentity
UE identity to facilitate UE context retrieval at gNB.
resumeMAC-I
Authentication token to facilitate UE authentication at gNB. The 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated using the AS security configuration as specified in 5.3.13.3.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCRESUMEREQUEST1-START
RRCResumeRequest1 ::=         SEQUENCE { 
       rrcResumeRequest1          RRCResumeRequest1-IEs 
} 
RRCResumeRequest1-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
resumeIdentityUE identity to facilitate UE context retrieval at gNB.
               I-RNTI-Value, 
    
resumeMAC-IAuthentication token to facilitate UE authentication at gNB. The 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated using the AS security configuration as specified in 5.3.13.3.
                  BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
resumeCauseProvides the resume cause for the RRCResumeRequest1 as provided by the upper layers or RRC. A gNB is not expected to reject an RRCResumeRequest1 due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
                  ResumeCause, 
    spare                        BIT STRING (SIZE (1)) 
} 
 -- TAG-RRCRESUMEREQUEST1-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

RRCResumeRequest1-IEs field descriptions
resumeCause
Provides the resume cause for the RRCResumeRequest1 as provided by the upper layers or RRC. A gNB is not expected to reject an RRCResumeRequest1 due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
resumeIdentity
UE identity to facilitate UE context retrieval at gNB.
resumeMAC-I
Authentication token to facilitate UE authentication at gNB. The 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated using the AS security configuration as specified in 5.3.13.3.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCSETUP-START
RRCSetup ::=                        SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        rrcSetup                            RRCSetup-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCSetup-IEs ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
radioBearerConfigOnly SRB1 can be configured in RRC setup.
                   RadioBearerConfig, 
    
masterCellGroupThe network configures only the RLC bearer for the SRB1, mac-CellGroupConfig, physicalCellGroupConfig and spCellConfig.
                     OCTET STRING (CONTAINING CellGroupConfig), 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE{}                                                              OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-RRCSETUP-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

RRCSetup-IEs field descriptions
masterCellGroup
The network configures only the RLC bearer for the SRB1, mac-CellGroupConfig, physicalCellGroupConfig and spCellConfig.
radioBearerConfig
Only SRB1 can be configured in RRC setup.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCSETUPCOMPLETE-START
RRCSetupComplete ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        rrcSetupComplete                    RRCSetupComplete-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCSetupComplete-IEs ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
selectedPLMN-IdentityIndex of the PLMN or SNPN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityInfoList or npn-IdentityInfoList fields included in SIB1.
               INTEGER (1..maxPLMN), 
    
registeredAMFThis field is used to transfer the GUAMI of the AMF where the UE is registered, as provided by upper layers, see TS 23.003 [21].
                       RegisteredAMF                                   OPTIONAL,
    
guami-TypeThis field is used to indicate whether the GUAMI included is native (derived from native 5G-GUTI) or mapped (from EPS, derived from EPS GUTI) as specified in TS 24.501 [23].
                          ENUMERATED {native, mapped}                     OPTIONAL,
    s-NSSAI-List                        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofS-NSSAI)) OF S-NSSAI  OPTIONAL,
    dedicatedNAS-Message                DedicatedNAS-Message, 
    ng-5G-S-TMSI-Value                  CHOICE { 
        ng-5G-S-TMSI                        NG-5G-S-TMSI, 
        
ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part2The leftmost 9 bits of 5G-S-TMSI.
                  BIT STRING (SIZE (9)) 
    }                                                                                   OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCSetupComplete-v1610-IEs                      OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCSetupComplete-v1610-IEs ::=      SEQUENCE { 
    
iab-NodeIndication-r16This field is used to indicate that the connection is being established by an IAB-node as specified in TS 38.300 [2].
              ENUMERATED {true}                               OPTIONAL,
    
idleMeasAvailable-r16Indication that the UE has idle/inactive measurement report available.
               ENUMERATED {true}                               OPTIONAL,
    ue-MeasurementsAvailable-r16        UE-MeasurementsAvailable-r16                    OPTIONAL,
    mobilityHistoryAvail-r16            ENUMERATED {true}                               OPTIONAL,
    
mobilityState-r16This field indicates the UE mobility state (as defined in TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.3) just prior to UE going into RRC_CONNECTED state. The UE indicates the value of medium and high when being in Medium-mobility and High-mobility states respectively. Otherwise the UE indicates the value normal.
                   ENUMERATED {normal, medium, high, spare}        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCSetupComplete-v1690-IEs OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCSetupComplete-v1690-IEs ::=      SEQUENCE { 
    
ul-RRC-Segmentation-r16This field indicates the UE supports uplink RRC segmentationof UECapabilityInformation.
             ENUMERATED {true}                               OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE{}                                      OPTIONAL 
} 
RegisteredAMF ::=                   SEQUENCE { 
    plmn-Identity                       PLMN-Identity                                   OPTIONAL,
    amf-Identifier                      AMF-Identifier 
} 
 -- TAG-RRCSETUPCOMPLETE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

RRCSetupComplete-IEs field descriptions
guami-Type
This field is used to indicate whether the GUAMI included is native (derived from native 5G-GUTI) or mapped (from EPS, derived from EPS GUTI) as specified in TS 24.501 [23].
iab-NodeIndication
This field is used to indicate that the connection is being established by an IAB-node as specified in TS 38.300 [2].
idleMeasAvailable
Indication that the UE has idle/inactive measurement report available.
mobilityState
This field indicates the UE mobility state (as defined in TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.3) just prior to UE going into RRC_CONNECTED state. The UE indicates the value of medium and high when being in Medium-mobility and High-mobility states respectively. Otherwise the UE indicates the value normal.
ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part2
The leftmost 9 bits of 5G-S-TMSI.
registeredAMF
This field is used to transfer the GUAMI of the AMF where the UE is registered, as provided by upper layers, see TS 23.003 [21].
selectedPLMN-Identity
Index of the PLMN or SNPN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityInfoList or npn-IdentityInfoList fields included in SIB1.
ul-RRC-Segmentation
This field indicates the UE supports uplink RRC segmentationof UECapabilityInformation.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCSETUPREQUEST-START
RRCSetupRequest ::=                 SEQUENCE { 
    rrcSetupRequest                     RRCSetupRequest-IEs 
} 
RRCSetupRequest-IEs ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    
ue-IdentityUE identity included to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.
                         InitialUE-Identity, 
    
establishmentCauseProvides the establishment cause for the RRCSetupRequest in accordance with the information received from upper layers. gNB is not expected to reject an RRCSetupRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
                  EstablishmentCause, 
    spare                               BIT STRING (SIZE (1)) 
} 
InitialUE-Identity ::=              CHOICE { 
    
ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part1The rightmost 39 bits of 5G-S-TMSI.
                  BIT STRING (SIZE (39)), 
    
randomValueInteger value in the range 0 to 239 – 1.
                         BIT STRING (SIZE (39)) 
} 
EstablishmentCause ::=              ENUMERATED { 
                                        emergency, highPriorityAccess, mt-Access, mo-Signalling, 
                                        mo-Data, mo-VoiceCall, mo-VideoCall, mo-SMS, mps-PriorityAccess, mcs-PriorityAccess, 
                                        spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} 
 -- TAG-RRCSETUPREQUEST-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

RRCSetupRequest-IEs field descriptions
establishmentCause
Provides the establishment cause for the RRCSetupRequest in accordance with the information received from upper layers. gNB is not expected to reject an RRCSetupRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
ue-Identity
UE identity included to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.


InitialUE-Identity field descriptions
ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part1
The rightmost 39 bits of 5G-S-TMSI.
randomValue
Integer value in the range 0 to 239 – 1.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCSYSTEMINFOREQUEST-START
RRCSystemInfoRequest ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        rrcSystemInfoRequest                RRCSystemInfoRequest-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture-r16        CHOICE { 
            rrcPosSystemInfoRequest-r16         RRC-PosSystemInfoRequest-r16-IEs, 
            criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
        } 
    } 
} 
RRCSystemInfoRequest-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
requested-SI-ListContains a list of requested SI messages. According to the order of entry in the list of SI messages configured by schedulingInfoList in si-SchedulingInfo in SIB1, first bit corresponds to first/leftmost listed SI message, second bit corresponds to second listed SI message, and so on.
                   BIT STRING (SIZE (maxSI-Message)),   --32bits
    spare                               BIT STRING (SIZE (12)) 
} 
RRC-PosSystemInfoRequest-r16-IEs ::=  SEQUENCE { 
    
requestedPosSI-ListContains a list of requested SI messages. According to the order of entry in the list of SI messages configured by posSchedulingInfoList in posSI-SchedulingInfo in SIB1, first bit corresponds to first/leftmost listed SI message, second bit corresponds to second listed SI message, and so on.
                   BIT STRING (SIZE (maxSI-Message)),   --32bits
    spare                                 BIT STRING (SIZE (11)) 
} 
 -- TAG-RRCSYSTEMINFOREQUEST-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

RRCSystemInfoRequest-IEs field descriptions
requested-SI-List
Contains a list of requested SI messages. According to the order of entry in the list of SI messages configured by schedulingInfoList in si-SchedulingInfo in SIB1, first bit corresponds to first/leftmost listed SI message, second bit corresponds to second listed SI message, and so on.
requestedPosSI-List
Contains a list of requested SI messages. According to the order of entry in the list of SI messages configured by posSchedulingInfoList in posSI-SchedulingInfo in SIB1, first bit corresponds to first/leftmost listed SI message, second bit corresponds to second listed SI message, and so on.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SCGFAILUREINFORMATION-START
SCGFailureInformation ::=                   SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                        CHOICE { 
        scgFailureInformation                     SCGFailureInformation-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture               SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
SCGFailureInformation-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
 failureReportSCG FailureReportSCG OPTIONAL,
 nonCriticalExtension SCGFailureInformation-v1590-IEs OPTIONAL 
} 
SCGFailureInformation-v1590-IEs ::=       SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
 nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL 
} 
FailureReportSCG ::=                       SEQUENCE { 
    failureType                                    ENUMERATED { 
                                                               t310-Expiry, randomAccessProblem, 
                                                               rlc-MaxNumRetx, 
                                                               synchReconfigFailureSCG, scg-ReconfigFailure, 
                                                               srb3-IntegrityFailure, other-r16, spare1}, 
    
measResultFreqListThe field contains available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig.
                          MeasResultFreqList         OPTIONAL,
    
measResultSCG-FailureThe field contains the MeasResultSCG-Failure IE which includes available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the NR SCG RRCReconfiguration message.
                      OCTET STRING (CONTAINING MeasResultSCG-Failure)                OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[ 
    locationInfo-r16                            LocationInfo-r16            OPTIONAL,
   failureType-v1610                        ENUMERATED {scg-lbtFailure-r16, beamFailureRecoveryFailure-r16, 
                                                        t312-Expiry-r16, bh-RLF-r16, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL 
    ]] 
} 
MeasResultFreqList ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2NR 
 -- TAG-SCGFAILUREINFORMATION-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

SCGFailureInformation field descriptions
measResultFreqList
The field contains available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig.
measResultSCG-Failure
The field contains the MeasResultSCG-Failure IE which includes available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the NR SCG RRCReconfiguration message.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SCGFAILUREINFORMATIONEUTRA-START
SCGFailureInformationEUTRA ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                                CHOICE { 
        scgFailureInformationEUTRA                       SCGFailureInformationEUTRA-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture                          SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
SCGFailureInformationEUTRA-IEs ::=           SEQUENCE { 
    failureReportSCG-EUTRA                           FailureReportSCG-EUTRA                      OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                              SCGFailureInformationEUTRA-v1590-IEs                                    OPTIONAL 
} 
SCGFailureInformationEUTRA-v1590-IEs ::=  SEQUENCE { 
 lateNonCriticalExtension                  OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                               SEQUENCE {}                  OPTIONAL 
} 
FailureReportSCG-EUTRA ::=                      SEQUENCE { 
    failureType                                     ENUMERATED { 
  t313-Expiry, randomAccessProblem,rlc-MaxNumRetx, 
                                                                             scg-ChangeFailure, spare4, 
 spare3, spare2, spare1}, 
    measResultFreqListMRDC                             MeasResultFreqListFailMRDC                            OPTIONAL,
    measResultSCG-FailureMRDC                         OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[ 
    locationInfo-r16                                LocationInfo-r16      OPTIONAL 
    ]] 
} 
MeasResultFreqListFailMRDC ::=      SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA 
 -- TAG-SCGFAILUREINFORMATIONEUTRA-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SECURITYMODECOMMAND-START
SecurityModeCommand ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        securityModeCommand                 SecurityModeCommand-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
SecurityModeCommand-IEs ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    securityConfigSMC                   SecurityConfigSMC, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE{}                                                              OPTIONAL 
} 
SecurityConfigSMC ::=               SEQUENCE { 
    securityAlgorithmConfig             SecurityAlgorithmConfig, 
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-SECURITYMODECOMMAND-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

SCGFailureInformationEUTRA field descriptions
measResultFreqListMRDC
The field contains available results of measurements on E-UTRA frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig.
measResultSCG-FailureMRDC
Includes the E-UTRA MeasResultSCG-FailureMRDC IE as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. The field contains available results of measurements on E-UTRA frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SECURITYMODECOMPLETE-START
SecurityModeComplete ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        securityModeComplete                SecurityModeComplete-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
SecurityModeComplete-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE{}                                                              OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-SECURITYMODECOMPLETE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SECURITYMODEFAILURE-START
SecurityModeFailure ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        securityModeFailure                 SecurityModeFailure-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
SecurityModeFailure-IEs ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE{}                                                              OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-SECURITYMODEFAILURE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SIB1-START
SIB1 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
cellSelectionInfoParameters for cell selection related to the serving cell.
                   SEQUENCE { 
        
q-RxLevMinParameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for serving cell.
                          Q-RxLevMin, 
        
q-RxLevMinOffsetParameter "Qrxlevminoffset" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffset = field value * 2 [dB]. If absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for Qrxlevminoffset. Affects the minimum required Rx level in the cell.
                    INTEGER (1..8)                                              OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
        
q-RxLevMinSULParameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for serving cell.
                       Q-RxLevMin                                                  OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        
q-QualMinParameter "Qqualmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for serving cell. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.  
                           Q-QualMin                                                   OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
        
q-QualMinOffsetParameter "Qqualminoffset" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qqualminoffset = field value [dB]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for Qqualminoffset.Affects the minimum required quality level in the cell.
                     INTEGER (1..8)                                              OPTIONAL  -- Need S
    }                                                                                                   OPTIONAL,   -- Cond Standalone
    cellAccessRelatedInfo               CellAccessRelatedInfo, 
    connEstFailureControl               ConnEstFailureControl                                           OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    si-SchedulingInfo                   SI-SchedulingInfo                                               OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
servingCellConfigCommonConfiguration of the serving cell.
             ServingCellConfigCommonSIB                                      OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
ims-EmergencySupportIndicates whether the cell supports IMS emergency bearer services for UEs in limited service mode. If absent, IMS emergency call is not supported by the network in the cell for UEs in limited service mode.
                ENUMERATED {true}                                               OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
eCallOverIMS-SupportIndicates whether the cell supports eCall over IMS services as defined in TS 23.501 [32]. If absent, eCall over IMS is not supported by the network in the cell.
                ENUMERATED {true}                                               OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
ue-TimersAndConstantsTimer and constant values to be used by the UE. The cell operating as PCell always provides this field.
               UE-TimersAndConstants                                           OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    uac-BarringInfo                     SEQUENCE { 
        
uac-BarringForCommonCommon access control parameters for each access category. Common values are used for all PLMNs/SNPNs, unless overwritten by the PLMN/SNPN specific configuration provided in uac-BarringPerPLMN-List. The parameters are specified by providing an index to the set of configurations (uac-BarringInfoSetList). UE behaviour upon absence of this field is specified in clause 5.3.14.2.
                UAC-BarringPerCatList                                           OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
        uac-BarringPerPLMN-List             UAC-BarringPerPLMN-List                                         OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
        uac-BarringInfoSetList              UAC-BarringInfoSetList, 
        
uac-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfoInformation used to determine whether Access Category 1 applies to the UE, as defined in TS 22.261 [25]. If plmnCommon is chosen,the UAC-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo is applicable to all the PLMNs and SNPNs in plmn-IdentityInfoListand npn-IdentityInfoList.If individualPLMNList is chosen, the 1st entry in the list corresponds to the first network within all of the PLMNsand SNPNs across the plmn-IdentityListand the npn-IdentityInfoList, the 2nd entry in the list corresponds to the second network within all of the PLMNsand SNPNs across the plmn-IdentityListand the npn-IdentityInfoListand so on.If uac-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r16 is present, the UE shall ignore the uac-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo.
 CHOICE { 
            plmnCommon                           UAC-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo, 
            individualPLMNList                   SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..maxPLMN)) OF UAC-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo 
        }                                                                                                   OPTIONAL  -- Need S
    }                                                                                                   OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
useFullResumeIDIndicates which resume identifier and Resume request message should be used. UE uses fullI-RNTI and RRCResumeRequest1 if the field is present, or shortI-RNTI and RRCResumeRequest if the field is absent.
                     ENUMERATED {true}                                               OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SIB1-v1610-IEs                                                  OPTIONAL 
} 
SIB1-v1610-IEs ::=               SEQUENCE { 
    
idleModeMeasurementsEUTRA-r16This field indicates that a UE that is configured for EUTRA idle/inactive measurements shall perform the measurements while camping in this cell and report availability of these measurements when establishing or resuming a connection in this cell. If absent, a UE is not required to perform EUTRA idle/inactive measurements.
    ENUMERATED{true}                                                   OPTIONAL,  -- Need R
    
idleModeMeasurementsNR-r16This field indicates that a UE that is configured for NR idle/inactive measurements shall perform the measurements while camping in this cell and report availability of these measurements when establishing or resuming a connection in this cell. If absent, a UE is not required to perform NR idle/inactive measurements.
       ENUMERATED{true}                                                   OPTIONAL,  -- Need R
    posSI-SchedulingInfo-r16         PosSI-SchedulingInfo-r16                                           OPTIONAL,  -- Need R
    nonCriticalExtension             SIB1-v1630-IEs OPTIONAL 
} 
SIB1-v1630-IEs ::=               SEQUENCE { 
    uac-BarringInfo-v1630 SEQUENCE { 
        
uac-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r16Information used to determine whether Access Category 1 applies to the UE, as defined in TS 22.261 [25]. The 1st entry in the list corresponds to the first network within all of the PLMNsand SNPNs across the plmn-IdentityListand npn-IdentityInfoList, the 2nd entry in the list corresponds to the second network within all of the PLMNsand SNPNs across the plmn-IdentityListand the npn-IdentityInfoListand so on.Value notConfigured indicates that Access Category1 isnot configured for the corresponding PLMN/SNPN.
     SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..maxPLMN)) OF UAC-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r16 
    }                                                                                                   OPTIONAL,  -- Need R
    nonCriticalExtension             SEQUENCE {}                                                        OPTIONAL 
} 
UAC-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo ::=    ENUMERATED {a, b, c} 
UAC-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r16 ::=     ENUMERATED {a, b, c, notConfigured} 
 -- TAG-SIB1-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

SIB1 field descriptions
cellSelectionInfo
Parameters for cell selection related to the serving cell.
eCallOverIMS-Support
Indicates whether the cell supports eCall over IMS services as defined in TS 23.501 [32]. If absent, eCall over IMS is not supported by the network in the cell.
idleModeMeasurementsEUTRA
This field indicates that a UE that is configured for EUTRA idle/inactive measurements shall perform the measurements while camping in this cell and report availability of these measurements when establishing or resuming a connection in this cell. If absent, a UE is not required to perform EUTRA idle/inactive measurements.
idleModeMeasurementsNR
This field indicates that a UE that is configured for NR idle/inactive measurements shall perform the measurements while camping in this cell and report availability of these measurements when establishing or resuming a connection in this cell. If absent, a UE is not required to perform NR idle/inactive measurements.
ims-EmergencySupport
Indicates whether the cell supports IMS emergency bearer services for UEs in limited service mode. If absent, IMS emergency call is not supported by the network in the cell for UEs in limited service mode.
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for serving cell. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.  
q-QualMinOffset
Parameter "Qqualminoffset" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qqualminoffset = field value [dB]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for Qqualminoffset.Affects the minimum required quality level in the cell.
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for serving cell.
q-RxLevMinOffset
Parameter "Qrxlevminoffset" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffset = field value * 2 [dB]. If absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for Qrxlevminoffset. Affects the minimum required Rx level in the cell.
q-RxLevMinSUL
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for serving cell.
servingCellConfigCommon
Configuration of the serving cell.
uac-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo
Information used to determine whether Access Category 1 applies to the UE, as defined in TS 22.261 [25]. If plmnCommon is chosen,the UAC-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo is applicable to all the PLMNs and SNPNs in plmn-IdentityInfoListand npn-IdentityInfoList.If individualPLMNList is chosen, the 1st entry in the list corresponds to the first network within all of the PLMNsand SNPNs across the plmn-IdentityListand the npn-IdentityInfoList, the 2nd entry in the list corresponds to the second network within all of the PLMNsand SNPNs across the plmn-IdentityListand the npn-IdentityInfoListand so on.If uac-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r16 is present, the UE shall ignore the uac-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo.
uac-AC1-SelectAssistInfo
Information used to determine whether Access Category 1 applies to the UE, as defined in TS 22.261 [25]. The 1st entry in the list corresponds to the first network within all of the PLMNsand SNPNs across the plmn-IdentityListand npn-IdentityInfoList, the 2nd entry in the list corresponds to the second network within all of the PLMNsand SNPNs across the plmn-IdentityListand the npn-IdentityInfoListand so on.Value notConfigured indicates that Access Category1 isnot configured for the corresponding PLMN/SNPN.
uac-BarringForCommon
Common access control parameters for each access category. Common values are used for all PLMNs/SNPNs, unless overwritten by the PLMN/SNPN specific configuration provided in uac-BarringPerPLMN-List. The parameters are specified by providing an index to the set of configurations (uac-BarringInfoSetList). UE behaviour upon absence of this field is specified in clause 5.3.14.2.
ue-TimersAndConstants
Timer and constant values to be used by the UE. The cell operating as PCell always provides this field.
useFullResumeID
Indicates which resume identifier and Resume request message should be used. UE uses fullI-RNTI and RRCResumeRequest1 if the field is present, or shortI-RNTI and RRCResumeRequest if the field is absent.


Conditional Presence
Explanation
Standalone
The field is mandatory present in a cell that supports standalone operation, otherwise it is absent.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SIDELINKUEINFORMATIONNR-START
SidelinkUEInformationNR-r16::=         SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        sidelinkUEInformationNR-r16         SidelinkUEInformationNR-r16-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
SidelinkUEInformationNR-r16-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
sl-RxInterestedFreqList-r16Indicates the index of frequency on which the UE is interested to receive NR sidelink communication. The value 1 corresponds to the frequency of first entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12, the value 2 corresponds to the frequency of second entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12 and so on. In this release, only value 1 can be included in the interested frequency list. 
            SL-InterestedFreqList-r16           OPTIONAL,
    sl-TxResourceReqList-r16 SL-TxResourceReqList-r16 OPTIONAL,
    sl-FailureList-r16                     SL-FailureList-r16                  OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension               OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                   SEQUENCE {}                         OPTIONAL 
} 
SL-InterestedFreqList-r16 ::=          SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofFreqSL-r16)) OF INTEGER (1..maxNrofFreqSL-r16) 
SL-TxResourceReqList-r16 ::=           SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSL-Dest-r16)) OF SL-TxResourceReq-r16 
SL-TxResourceReq-r16 ::=               SEQUENCE { 
 
sl-DestinationIdentity-r16Indicates the destination for which the SL failure is reporting for unicast.
             SL-DestinationIdentity-r16, 
    
sl-CastType-r16Indicates the cast type for the corresponding destination for which to request the resource.
                        ENUMERATED {broadcast, groupcast, unicast, spare1}, 
    sl-RLC-ModeIndicationList-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofSLRB-r16)) OF SL-RLC-ModeIndication-r16 OPTIONAL,
    
sl-QoS-InfoList-r16Includes the QoS profile of the sidelink QoS flow as specified in TS 23.287 [55].
                    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSL-QFIsPerDest-r16)) OF SL-QoS-Info-r16          OPTIONAL,
    
sl-TypeTxSyncList-r16A list of synchronization reference used by the UE. The UE shall include the same number of entries, listed in the same order, as in sl-TxInterestedFreqList, i.e. one for each carrier frequency included in sl-TxInterestedFreqList.
                  SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofFreqSL-r16)) OF SL-TypeTxSync-r16                OPTIONAL,
    
sl-TxInterestedFreqList-r16Each entry of this field indicates the index of frequency on which the UE is interested to transmit NR sidelink communication. The value 1 corresponds to the frequency of first entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12, the value 2 corresponds to the frequency of second entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12 and so on. In this release, only value 1 can be included in the interested frequency list. In this release, only one entry can be included in the list.
            SL-TxInterestedFreqList-r16                                                OPTIONAL,
    
sl-CapabilityInformationSidelink-r16Includes the UECapabilityInformationSidelink message (which can be also included in ueCapabilityInformationSidelink-r16 in UECapabilityEnquirySidelink from peer UE) received from the peer UE.
   OCTET STRING OPTIONAL 
} 
SL-TxInterestedFreqList-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofFreqSL-r16)) OF INTEGER (1..maxNrofFreqSL-r16) 
SL-QoS-Info-r16 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
sl-QoS-FlowIdentity-r16This identity uniquely identifies one sidelink QoS flow between the UE and the network in the scope of UE, which is unique for different destination and cast type.
               SL-QoS-FlowIdentity-r16, 
    sl-QoS-Profile-r16                    SL-QoS-Profile-r16                                                          OPTIONAL 
} 
SL-RLC-ModeIndication-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    sl-Mode-r16                            CHOICE  { 
        sl-AM-Mode-r16                         NULL,
        sl-UM-Mode-r16                         NULL 
    }, 
    
sl-QoS-InfoList-r16Includes the QoS profile of the sidelink QoS flow as specified in TS 23.287 [55].
                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSL-QFIsPerDest-r16)) OF SL-QoS-Info-r16 
} 
SL-FailureList-r16 ::=                 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSL-Dest-r16)) OF SL-Failure-r16 
SL-Failure-r16 ::=                     SEQUENCE { 
    
sl-DestinationIdentity-r16Indicates the destination for which the SL failure is reporting for unicast.
             SL-DestinationIdentity-r16, 
    
sl-Failure-r16Indicates the sidelink failure cause for the sidelink RLF (value rlf) and sidelink AS configuration failure (value configFailure) for the associated destination for unicast.
                         ENUMERATED {rlf,configFailure, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} 
} 
 -- TAG-SIDELINKUEINFORMATIONNR-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

SidelinkUEinformationNR field descriptions
sl-RxInterestedFreqList
Indicates the index of frequency on which the UE is interested to receive NR sidelink communication. The value 1 corresponds to the frequency of first entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12, the value 2 corresponds to the frequency of second entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12 and so on. In this release, only value 1 can be included in the interested frequency list. 
sl-TxResourceReq
Parameters to request the transmission resources for NR sidelink communication to the network in the Sidelink UE Information report.


SL-TxResourceReq field descriptions
sl-CapabilityInformationSidelink
Includes the UECapabilityInformationSidelink message (which can be also included in ueCapabilityInformationSidelink-r16 in UECapabilityEnquirySidelink from peer UE) received from the peer UE.
sl-CastType
Indicates the cast type for the corresponding destination for which to request the resource.
sl-DestinationIdentity
Indicates the destination for which the TX resource request and allocation from the network are concerned.
sl-QoS-InfoList
Includes the QoS profile of the sidelink QoS flow as specified in TS 23.287 [55].
sl-QoS-FlowIdentity
This identity uniquely identifies one sidelink QoS flow between the UE and the network in the scope of UE, which is unique for different destination and cast type.
sl-RLC-ModeIndication
This field indicates the RLC mode and optionally the related QoS profiles for the sidelink radio bearer, which has not been configured by the network and is initiated by another UE in unicast. The RLC mode for one sidelink radio bearer is aligned between UE and NW by the sl-QoS-FlowIdentity.
sl-TxInterestedFreqList
Each entry of this field indicates the index of frequency on which the UE is interested to transmit NR sidelink communication. The value 1 corresponds to the frequency of first entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12, the value 2 corresponds to the frequency of second entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12 and so on. In this release, only value 1 can be included in the interested frequency list. In this release, only one entry can be included in the list.
sl-TypeTxSyncList
A list of synchronization reference used by the UE. The UE shall include the same number of entries, listed in the same order, as in sl-TxInterestedFreqList, i.e. one for each carrier frequency included in sl-TxInterestedFreqList.


SL-Failure field descriptions
sl-DestinationIdentity
Indicates the destination for which the SL failure is reporting for unicast.
sl-Failure
Indicates the sidelink failure cause for the sidelink RLF (value rlf) and sidelink AS configuration failure (value configFailure) for the associated destination for unicast.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SYSTEMINFORMATION-START
SystemInformation ::=               SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        systemInformation                   SystemInformation-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture-r16    CHOICE { 
            posSystemInformation-r16        PosSystemInformation-r16-IEs, 
            criticalExtensionsFuture        SEQUENCE {} 
        } 
    } 
} 
SystemInformation-IEs ::=           SEQUENCE { 
    sib-TypeAndInfo                     SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF CHOICE { 
        sib2                                SIB2, 
        sib3                                SIB3, 
        sib4                                SIB4, 
        sib5                                SIB5, 
        sib6                                SIB6, 
        sib7                                SIB7, 
        sib8                                SIB8, 
        sib9                                SIB9, 
        ..., 
        sib10-v1610                         SIB10-r16, 
        sib11-v1610                         SIB11-r16, 
        sib12-v1610                         SIB12-r16, 
        sib13-v1610                         SIB13-r16, 
        sib14-v1610                         SIB14-r16 
    }, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                         OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-SYSTEMINFORMATION-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-UEASSISTANCEINFORMATION-START
UEAssistanceInformation ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        ueAssistanceInformation             UEAssistanceInformation-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
UEAssistanceInformation-IEs ::=     SEQUENCE { 
    
delayBudgetReportIndicates the UE-preferred adjustment to connected mode DRX.
                   DelayBudgetReport                   OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UEAssistanceInformation-v1540-IEs   OPTIONAL 
} 
DelayBudgetReport::=                CHOICE { 
    
type1Indicates the preferred amount of increment/decrement to the long DRX cycle length with respect to the current configuration. Value in number of milliseconds. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 milliseconds, msMinus40 corresponds to -40 milliseconds and so on.
                               ENUMERATED { 
                                            msMinus1280, msMinus640, msMinus320, msMinus160,msMinus80, msMinus60, msMinus40, 
                                            msMinus20, ms0, ms20,ms40, ms60, ms80, ms160, ms320, ms640, ms1280}, 
    ... 
} 
UEAssistanceInformation-v1540-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    overheatingAssistance               OverheatingAssistance               OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UEAssistanceInformation-v1610-IEs   OPTIONAL 
} 
OverheatingAssistance ::=           SEQUENCE { 
    reducedMaxCCs                       ReducedMaxCCs-r16                   OPTIONAL,
    
reducedMaxBW-FR1Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) and across all uplink carrier(s) of FR1, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cell(s) operating on FR1. The aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) of FR1 is the sum of bandwidth of active downlink BWP(s) across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR1. The aggregated bandwidth across all uplink carrier(s) of FR1 is the sum of bandwidth of active uplink BWP(s) across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR1. If the field is absent from the MaxBW-Preference IE or the OverheatingAssistance IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on the maximum aggregated bandwidth of FR1.
When indicated to address overheating, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s) of FR1 of both the NR MCG and the SCG. This maximum aggregated bandwidth only includes carriers of FR1 of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC. Value mhz0 is not used when indicated to address overheating.
When indicated to address power saving, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s) of FR1 of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The aggregated bandwidth can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
                    ReducedMaxBW-FRx-r16                OPTIONAL,
    
reducedMaxBW-FR2Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) and across all uplink carrier(s) of FR2, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cell(s) operating on FR2.The aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) of FR2 is the sum of bandwidth of active downlink BWP(s) across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR2. The aggregated bandwidth across all uplink carrier(s) of FR2 is the sum of bandwidth of active uplink BWP(s) across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR2. If the field is absent from the MaxBW-Preference IE or the OverheatingAssistance IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on the maximum aggregated bandwidth of FR2.
When indicated to address overheating, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s)of FR2 of both the NR MCG and the NR SCG. This maximum aggregated bandwidth only includes carriers of FR2 of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC.
When indicated to address power saving, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s) of FR2 of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The aggregated bandwidth can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
                    ReducedMaxBW-FRx-r16                OPTIONAL,
    reducedMaxMIMO-LayersFR1            SEQUENCE { 
        
reducedMIMO-LayersFR1-DLIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR1. The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR1 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
            MIMO-LayersDL, 
        
reducedMIMO-LayersFR1-ULIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving (see NOTE 1). This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR1. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layerscan only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR1 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
            MIMO-LayersUL 
    } OPTIONAL,
    reducedMaxMIMO-LayersFR2            SEQUENCE { 
        
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-DLIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2. The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR2 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
            MIMO-LayersDL, 
        
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-ULIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving (see NOTE 1). This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR2 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
            MIMO-LayersUL 
    } OPTIONAL 
} 
ReducedAggregatedBandwidth ::= ENUMERATED {mhz0, mhz10, mhz20, mhz30, mhz40, mhz50, mhz60, mhz80, mhz100, mhz200, mhz300, mhz400} 
UEAssistanceInformation-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    idc-Assistance-r16                  IDC-Assistance-r16                  OPTIONAL,
    drx-Preference-r16                  DRX-Preference-r16                  OPTIONAL,
    maxBW-Preference-r16                MaxBW-Preference-r16                OPTIONAL,
    maxCC-Preference-r16                MaxCC-Preference-r16                OPTIONAL,
    maxMIMO-LayerPreference-r16         MaxMIMO-LayerPreference-r16         OPTIONAL,
    
minSchedulingOffsetPreference-r16Indicates the UE's preferences on minimumSchedulingOffset of cross-slot scheduling for power saving.
   MinSchedulingOffsetPreference-r16   OPTIONAL,
    releasePreference-r16               ReleasePreference-r16               OPTIONAL,
    
sl-UE-AssistanceInformationNR-r16Indicates the traffic characteristic of sidelink logical channel(s), specified in the IE SL-TrafficPatternInfo, that are setup for NR sidelink communication.
   SL-UE-AssistanceInformationNR-r16   OPTIONAL,
    
referenceTimeInfoPreference-r16Indicates whether the UE prefers being provisioned with the timing information specified in the IE ReferenceTimeInfo.
     BOOLEAN OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                         OPTIONAL 
} 
IDC-Assistance-r16 ::=                  SEQUENCE { 
    
affectedCarrierFreqList-r16Indicates a list of NR carrier frequencies that are affected by IDC problem.
             AffectedCarrierFreqList-r16               OPTIONAL,
    
affectedCarrierFreqCombList-r16Indicates a list of NR carrier frequencie combinations that are affected by IDC problems due to Inter-Modulation Distortion and harmonics from NR when configured with UL CA.
         AffectedCarrierFreqCombList-r16           OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
AffectedCarrierFreqList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxFreqIDC-r16)) OF AffectedCarrierFreq-r16 
AffectedCarrierFreq-r16 ::=     SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-r16                 ARFCN-ValueNR, 
    
interferenceDirection-r16Indicates the direction of IDC interference. Value nr indicates that only NR is victim of IDC interference, value other indicates that only another radio is victim of IDC interference and value both indicates that both NR and another radio are victims of IDC interference. The other radio refers to either the ISM radio or GNSS (see TR 36.816 [44]).
       ENUMERATED {nr, other, both, spare} 
} 
AffectedCarrierFreqCombList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCombIDC-r16)) OF AffectedCarrierFreqComb-r16 
AffectedCarrierFreqComb-r16 ::=     SEQUENCE { 
    affectedCarrierFreqComb-r16         SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..maxNrofServingCells)) OF  ARFCN-ValueNR    OPTIONAL,
    
victimSystemType-r16Indicate the list of victim system types to which IDC interference is caused from NR when configured with UL CA. Value gps, glonass, bds, galileo and navIC indicates the type of GNSS. Value wlan indicates WLAN and value bluetooth indicates Bluetooth.
                VictimSystemType-r16 
} 
VictimSystemType-r16 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    gps-r16                     ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,
    glonass-r16                 ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,
    bds-r16                     ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,
    galileo-r16                 ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,
    navIC-r16                   ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,
    wlan-r16                    ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,
    bluetooth-r16               ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
DRX-Preference-r16 ::=              SEQUENCE { 
    
preferredDRX-InactivityTimer-r16Indicates the UE's preferred DRX inactivity timer length for power saving. Value in ms (milliSecond). ms0 corresponds to 0, ms1 corresponds to 1 ms, ms2 corresponds to 2 ms, and so on. If the field is absent from the DRX-Preference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference for the DRX inactivity timer. If secondary DRX group is configured, the preferredDRX-InactivityTimer only applies to the default DRX group.
    ENUMERATED { 
                                            ms0, ms1, ms2, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms8, ms10, ms20, ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, ms80, 
                                            ms100, ms200, ms300, ms500, ms750, ms1280, ms1920, ms2560, spare9, spare8, 
                                            spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL,
    
preferredDRX-LongCycle-r16Indicates the UE's preferred long DRX cycle length for power saving. Value in ms. ms10 corresponds to 10ms, ms20 corresponds to 20 ms, ms32 corresponds to 32 ms, and so on. If preferredDRX-ShortCycleis provided, the value of preferredDRX-LongCycleshall be a multiple of the preferredDRX-ShortCyclevalue. If the field is absent from the DRX-Preference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference for the long DRX cycle.
          ENUMERATED { 
                                            ms10, ms20, ms32, ms40, ms60, ms64, ms70, ms80, ms128, ms160, ms256, ms320, ms512, 
                                            ms640, ms1024, ms1280, ms2048, ms2560, ms5120, ms10240, spare12, spare11, spare10, 
                                            spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1 } OPTIONAL,
    
preferredDRX-ShortCycle-r16Indicates the UE's preferred short DRX cycle length for power saving. Value in ms. ms2 corresponds to 2ms, ms3 corresponds to 3 ms, ms4 corresponds to 4 ms, and so on. If the field is absent from the DRX-Preference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference for the short DRX cycle.
         ENUMERATED { 
                                            ms2, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms7, ms8, ms10, ms14, ms16, ms20, ms30, ms32, 
                                            ms35, ms40, ms64, ms80, ms128, ms160, ms256, ms320, ms512, ms640, spare9, 
                                            spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1 } OPTIONAL,
    
preferredDRX-ShortCycleTimer-r16Indicates the UE's preferred short DRX cycle timer for power saving. Value in multiples of preferredDRX-ShortCycle. A value of 1 corresponds to preferredDRX-ShortCycle, a value of 2 corresponds to 2 * preferredDRX-ShortCycle and so on. If the field is absent from the DRX-Preference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference for the short DRX cycle timer. A preference for the short DRX cycle is indicated when a preference for the short DRX cycle timer is indicated.
    INTEGER (1..16)    OPTIONAL 
} 
MaxBW-Preference-r16 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
reducedMaxBW-FR1-r16Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) and across all uplink carrier(s) of FR1, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cell(s) operating on FR1. The aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) of FR1 is the sum of bandwidth of active downlink BWP(s) across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR1. The aggregated bandwidth across all uplink carrier(s) of FR1 is the sum of bandwidth of active uplink BWP(s) across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR1. If the field is absent from the MaxBW-Preference IE or the OverheatingAssistance IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on the maximum aggregated bandwidth of FR1.
When indicated to address overheating, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s) of FR1 of both the NR MCG and the SCG. This maximum aggregated bandwidth only includes carriers of FR1 of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC. Value mhz0 is not used when indicated to address overheating.
When indicated to address power saving, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s) of FR1 of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The aggregated bandwidth can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
                ReducedMaxBW-FRx-r16                     OPTIONAL,
    
reducedMaxBW-FR2-r16Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) and across all uplink carrier(s) of FR2, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cell(s) operating on FR2.The aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) of FR2 is the sum of bandwidth of active downlink BWP(s) across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR2. The aggregated bandwidth across all uplink carrier(s) of FR2 is the sum of bandwidth of active uplink BWP(s) across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR2. If the field is absent from the MaxBW-Preference IE or the OverheatingAssistance IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on the maximum aggregated bandwidth of FR2.
When indicated to address overheating, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s)of FR2 of both the NR MCG and the NR SCG. This maximum aggregated bandwidth only includes carriers of FR2 of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC.
When indicated to address power saving, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s) of FR2 of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The aggregated bandwidth can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
                ReducedMaxBW-FRx-r16                     OPTIONAL 
} 
MaxCC-Preference-r16 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    reducedMaxCCs-r16                   ReducedMaxCCs-r16                        OPTIONAL 
} 
MaxMIMO-LayerPreference-r16 ::=     SEQUENCE { 
    reducedMaxMIMO-LayersFR1-r16        SEQUENCE { 
        
reducedMIMO-LayersFR1-DL-r16Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR1. The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR1 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
        INTEGER (1..8), 
        
reducedMIMO-LayersFR1-UL-r16Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving (see NOTE 1). This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR1. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layerscan only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR1 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
        INTEGER (1..4) 
    } OPTIONAL,
    reducedMaxMIMO-LayersFR2-r16        SEQUENCE { 
        
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-DL-r16Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2. The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR2 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
        INTEGER (1..8), 
        
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-UL-r16Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving (see NOTE 1). This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR2 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
        INTEGER (1..4) 
    } OPTIONAL 
} 
MinSchedulingOffsetPreference-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
preferredK0-r16Indicates the UE's preferred value of k0 (slot offset between DCI and its scheduled PDSCH - see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.1.2.1) for cross-slot scheduling for power saving. Value is defined for each subcarrier spacing (numerology) in units of slots. sl1 corresponds to 1 slot, sl2 corresponds to 2 slots, sl4 corresponds to 4 slots, and so on. If a value for a subcarrier spacing is absent, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k0 for cross-slot scheduling for that subcarrier spacing. If the field is absent from the MinSchedulingOffsetPreference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k0 for cross-slot scheduling.
                       SEQUENCE { 
        preferredK0-SCS-15kHz-r16             ENUMERATED {sl1, sl2, sl4, sl6}              OPTIONAL,
        preferredK0-SCS-30kHz-r16             ENUMERATED {sl1, sl2, sl4, sl6}              OPTIONAL,
        preferredK0-SCS-60kHz-r16             ENUMERATED {sl2, sl4, sl8, sl12}             OPTIONAL,
        preferredK0-SCS-120kHz-r16            ENUMERATED {sl2, sl4, sl8, sl12}             OPTIONAL 
    }                                                                                  OPTIONAL,
    
preferredK2-r16Indicates the UE's preferred value of k2 (slot offset between DCI and its scheduled PUSCH - see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.1) for cross-slot scheduling for power saving. Value is defined for each subcarrier spacing (numerology) in units of slots. sl1 corresponds to 1 slot, sl2 corresponds to 2 slots, sl4 corresponds to 4 slots, and so on. If a value for a subcarrier spacing is absent, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k2 for cross-slot scheduling for that subcarrier spacing. If the field is absent from the MinSchedulingOffsetPreference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k2 for cross-slot scheduling.
                       SEQUENCE { 
        preferredK2-SCS-15kHz-r16             ENUMERATED {sl1, sl2, sl4, sl6}             OPTIONAL,
        preferredK2-SCS-30kHz-r16             ENUMERATED {sl1, sl2, sl4, sl6}             OPTIONAL,
        preferredK2-SCS-60kHz-r16             ENUMERATED {sl2, sl4, sl8, sl12}            OPTIONAL,
        preferredK2-SCS-120kHz-r16            ENUMERATED {sl2, sl4, sl8, sl12}            OPTIONAL 
    }                                                                                 OPTIONAL 
} 
ReleasePreference-r16 ::=           SEQUENCE { 
    
preferredRRC-State-r16Indicates the UE's preferred RRC state. The value idle is indicated if the UE prefers to be released from RRC_CONNECTED and transition to RRC_IDLE. The value inactive is indicated if the UE prefers to be released from RRC_CONNECTED and transition to RRC_INACTIVE. The value connected is indicated if the UE prefers to revert an earlier indication to leave RRC_CONNECTED state. The value outOfConnected is indicated if the UE prefers to be released from RRC_CONNECTED and has no preferred RRC state to transition to.The value connected can only be indicated if the UE is configured with connectedReporting.
              ENUMERATED {idle, inactive, connected, outOfConnected} 
} 
ReducedMaxBW-FRx-r16 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    reducedBW-DL-r16                    ReducedAggregatedBandwidth, 
    reducedBW-UL-r16                    ReducedAggregatedBandwidth 
} 
ReducedMaxCCs-r16 ::=               SEQUENCE { 
    
reducedCCsDL-r16Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink SCells indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving.
When indicated to address overheating, this maximum number includes both SCells of the NR MCG and PSCell/SCells of the SCG. This maximum number only includes PSCell/SCells of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC.
When indicated to address power saving, this maximum number includes PSCell/SCells of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The maximum number of downlink SCells can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
                    INTEGER (0..31), 
    
reducedCCsUL-r16Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink SCells indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving.
When indicated to address overheating, this maximum number includes both SCells of the NR MCG and PSCell/SCells of the SCG. This maximum number only includes PSCell/SCells of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC.
When indicated to address power saving, this maximum number includes PSCell/SCells of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The maximum number of uplink SCells can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
                    INTEGER (0..31) 
} 
SL-UE-AssistanceInformationNR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofTrafficPattern-r16)) OF SL-TrafficPatternInfo-r16 
SL-TrafficPatternInfo-r16::=          SEQUENCE { 
    
trafficPeriodicity-r16This field indicates the estimated data arrival periodicity in a sidelink logical channel. Value ms20 corresponds to 20 ms, ms50 corresponds to 50 ms and so on.
                ENUMERATED {ms20, ms50, ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms500, ms600, ms700, ms800, ms900, ms1000}, 
    
timingOffset-r16This field indicates the estimated timing for a packet arrival in a sidelink logical channel. Specifically, the value indicates the timing offset with respect to subframe#0 of SFN#0 in milliseconds.
                      INTEGER (0..10239), 
    
messageSize-r16Indicates the maximum TB size based on the observed traffic pattern. The value refers to the index of TS 38.321 [3], table 6.1.3.1-2.
                       BIT STRING (SIZE (8)), 
    
sl-QoS-FlowIdentity-r16This identity uniquely identifies one sidelink QoS flow between the UE and the network in the scope of UE, which is unique for different destination and cast type.
               SL-QoS-FlowIdentity-r16 
} 
 -- TAG-UEASSISTANCEINFORMATION-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

UEAssistanceInformation field descriptions
affectedCarrierFreqList
Indicates a list of NR carrier frequencies that are affected by IDC problem.
affectedCarrierFreqCombList
Indicates a list of NR carrier frequencie combinations that are affected by IDC problems due to Inter-Modulation Distortion and harmonics from NR when configured with UL CA.
delayBudgetReport
Indicates the UE-preferred adjustment to connected mode DRX.
interferenceDirection
Indicates the direction of IDC interference. Value nr indicates that only NR is victim of IDC interference, value other indicates that only another radio is victim of IDC interference and value both indicates that both NR and another radio are victims of IDC interference. The other radio refers to either the ISM radio or GNSS (see TR 36.816 [44]).
minSchedulingOffsetPreference
Indicates the UE's preferences on minimumSchedulingOffset of cross-slot scheduling for power saving.
preferredDRX-InactivityTimer
Indicates the UE's preferred DRX inactivity timer length for power saving. Value in ms (milliSecond). ms0 corresponds to 0, ms1 corresponds to 1 ms, ms2 corresponds to 2 ms, and so on. If the field is absent from the DRX-Preference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference for the DRX inactivity timer. If secondary DRX group is configured, the preferredDRX-InactivityTimer only applies to the default DRX group.
preferredDRX-LongCycle
Indicates the UE's preferred long DRX cycle length for power saving. Value in ms. ms10 corresponds to 10ms, ms20 corresponds to 20 ms, ms32 corresponds to 32 ms, and so on. If preferredDRX-ShortCycleis provided, the value of preferredDRX-LongCycleshall be a multiple of the preferredDRX-ShortCyclevalue. If the field is absent from the DRX-Preference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference for the long DRX cycle.
preferredDRX-ShortCycle
Indicates the UE's preferred short DRX cycle length for power saving. Value in ms. ms2 corresponds to 2ms, ms3 corresponds to 3 ms, ms4 corresponds to 4 ms, and so on. If the field is absent from the DRX-Preference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference for the short DRX cycle.
preferredDRX-ShortCycleTimer
Indicates the UE's preferred short DRX cycle timer for power saving. Value in multiples of preferredDRX-ShortCycle. A value of 1 corresponds to preferredDRX-ShortCycle, a value of 2 corresponds to 2 * preferredDRX-ShortCycle and so on. If the field is absent from the DRX-Preference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference for the short DRX cycle timer. A preference for the short DRX cycle is indicated when a preference for the short DRX cycle timer is indicated.
preferredK0
Indicates the UE's preferred value of k0 (slot offset between DCI and its scheduled PDSCH - see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.1.2.1) for cross-slot scheduling for power saving. Value is defined for each subcarrier spacing (numerology) in units of slots. sl1 corresponds to 1 slot, sl2 corresponds to 2 slots, sl4 corresponds to 4 slots, and so on. If a value for a subcarrier spacing is absent, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k0 for cross-slot scheduling for that subcarrier spacing. If the field is absent from the MinSchedulingOffsetPreference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k0 for cross-slot scheduling.
preferredK2
Indicates the UE's preferred value of k2 (slot offset between DCI and its scheduled PUSCH - see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.1) for cross-slot scheduling for power saving. Value is defined for each subcarrier spacing (numerology) in units of slots. sl1 corresponds to 1 slot, sl2 corresponds to 2 slots, sl4 corresponds to 4 slots, and so on. If a value for a subcarrier spacing is absent, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k2 for cross-slot scheduling for that subcarrier spacing. If the field is absent from the MinSchedulingOffsetPreference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k2 for cross-slot scheduling.
preferredRRC-State
Indicates the UE's preferred RRC state. The value idle is indicated if the UE prefers to be released from RRC_CONNECTED and transition to RRC_IDLE. The value inactive is indicated if the UE prefers to be released from RRC_CONNECTED and transition to RRC_INACTIVE. The value connected is indicated if the UE prefers to revert an earlier indication to leave RRC_CONNECTED state. The value outOfConnected is indicated if the UE prefers to be released from RRC_CONNECTED and has no preferred RRC state to transition to.The value connected can only be indicated if the UE is configured with connectedReporting.
reducedMaxBW-FR1
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) and across all uplink carrier(s) of FR1, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cell(s) operating on FR1. The aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) of FR1 is the sum of bandwidth of active downlink BWP(s) across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR1. The aggregated bandwidth across all uplink carrier(s) of FR1 is the sum of bandwidth of active uplink BWP(s) across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR1. If the field is absent from the MaxBW-Preference IE or the OverheatingAssistance IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on the maximum aggregated bandwidth of FR1.
When indicated to address overheating, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s) of FR1 of both the NR MCG and the SCG. This maximum aggregated bandwidth only includes carriers of FR1 of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC. Value mhz0 is not used when indicated to address overheating.
When indicated to address power saving, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s) of FR1 of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The aggregated bandwidth can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
reducedMaxBW-FR2
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) and across all uplink carrier(s) of FR2, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cell(s) operating on FR2.The aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) of FR2 is the sum of bandwidth of active downlink BWP(s) across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR2. The aggregated bandwidth across all uplink carrier(s) of FR2 is the sum of bandwidth of active uplink BWP(s) across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR2. If the field is absent from the MaxBW-Preference IE or the OverheatingAssistance IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on the maximum aggregated bandwidth of FR2.
When indicated to address overheating, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s)of FR2 of both the NR MCG and the NR SCG. This maximum aggregated bandwidth only includes carriers of FR2 of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC.
When indicated to address power saving, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s) of FR2 of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The aggregated bandwidth can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
reducedCCsDL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink SCells indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving.
When indicated to address overheating, this maximum number includes both SCells of the NR MCG and PSCell/SCells of the SCG. This maximum number only includes PSCell/SCells of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC.
When indicated to address power saving, this maximum number includes PSCell/SCells of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The maximum number of downlink SCells can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
reducedCCsUL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink SCells indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving.
When indicated to address overheating, this maximum number includes both SCells of the NR MCG and PSCell/SCells of the SCG. This maximum number only includes PSCell/SCells of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC.
When indicated to address power saving, this maximum number includes PSCell/SCells of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The maximum number of uplink SCells can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
reducedMIMO-LayersFR1-DL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR1. The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR1 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
reducedMIMO-LayersFR1-UL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving (see NOTE 1). This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR1. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layerscan only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR1 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-DL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2. The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR2 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-UL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving (see NOTE 1). This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR2 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
referenceTimeInfoPreference
Indicates whether the UE prefers being provisioned with the timing information specified in the IE ReferenceTimeInfo.
sl-QoS-FlowIdentity
This identity uniquely identifies one sidelink QoS flow between the UE and the network in the scope of UE, which is unique for different destination and cast type.
sl-UE-AssistanceInformationNR
Indicates the traffic characteristic of sidelink logical channel(s), specified in the IE SL-TrafficPatternInfo, that are setup for NR sidelink communication.
type1
Indicates the preferred amount of increment/decrement to the long DRX cycle length with respect to the current configuration. Value in number of milliseconds. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 milliseconds, msMinus40 corresponds to -40 milliseconds and so on.
victimSystemType
Indicate the list of victim system types to which IDC interference is caused from NR when configured with UL CA. Value gps, glonass, bds, galileo and navIC indicates the type of GNSS. Value wlan indicates WLAN and value bluetooth indicates Bluetooth.


SL-TrafficPatternInfo field descriptions
messageSize
Indicates the maximum TB size based on the observed traffic pattern. The value refers to the index of TS 38.321 [3], table 6.1.3.1-2.
timingOffset
This field indicates the estimated timing for a packet arrival in a sidelink logical channel. Specifically, the value indicates the timing offset with respect to subframe#0 of SFN#0 in milliseconds.
trafficPeriodicity
This field indicates the estimated data arrival periodicity in a sidelink logical channel. Value ms20 corresponds to 20 ms, ms50 corresponds to 50 ms and so on.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-UECAPABILITYENQUIRY-START
UECapabilityEnquiry ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        ueCapabilityEnquiry                 UECapabilityEnquiry-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
UECapabilityEnquiry-IEs ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    ue-CapabilityRAT-RequestList        UE-CapabilityRAT-RequestList, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    ue-CapabilityEnquiryExt             OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UECapabilityEnquiry-v1560-IEs)                 OPTIONAL  --  Need N
} 
UECapabilityEnquiry-v1560-IEs ::=   SEQUENCE { 
    capabilityRequestFilterCommon       UE-CapabilityRequestFilterCommon                                        OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    nonCriticalExtension                UECapabilityEnquiry-v1610-IEs                                           OPTIONAL 
} 
UECapabilityEnquiry-v1610-IEs ::=   SEQUENCE { 
 rrc-SegAllowed-r16  ENUMERATED {enabled}           OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-UECAPABILITYENQUIRY-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-UECAPABILITYINFORMATION-START
UECapabilityInformation ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        ueCapabilityInformation             UECapabilityInformation-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
UECapabilityInformation-IEs ::=     SEQUENCE { 
    ue-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList      UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList                                          OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE{}                                                              OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-UECAPABILITYINFORMATION-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-UEINFORMATIONREQUEST-START
UEInformationRequest-r16 ::=     SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier        RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions               CHOICE { 
        ueInformationRequest-r16         UEInformationRequest-r16-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture         SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
UEInformationRequest-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
idleModeMeasurementReq-r16This field indicates that the UE shall report the idle/inactive measurement information, if available, to the network in the UEInformationResponse message.  
       ENUMERATED{true}                         OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    
logMeasReportReq-r16This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about logged measurements.
             ENUMERATED {true}                        OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    
connEstFailReportReq-r16This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about the connection failure.
         ENUMERATED {true}                        OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    
ra-ReportReq-r16This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about the random access procedure.
                 ENUMERATED {true}                        OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    
rlf-ReportReq-r16This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about the radio link failure.
                ENUMERATED {true}                        OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    
mobilityHistoryReportReq-r16This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about mobility history information.
       ENUMERATED {true}                        OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    lateNonCriticalExtension         OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension             SEQUENCE {}                              OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-UEINFORMATIONREQUEST-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

UEInformationRequest-IEs field descriptions
connEstFailReportReq
This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about the connection failure.
idleModeMeasurementReq
This field indicates that the UE shall report the idle/inactive measurement information, if available, to the network in the UEInformationResponse message.  
logMeasReportReq
This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about logged measurements.
mobilityHistoryReportReq
This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about mobility history information.
ra-ReportReq
This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about the random access procedure.
rlf-ReportReq
This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about the radio link failure.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-UEINFORMATIONRESPONSE-START
UEInformationResponse-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier            RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                   CHOICE { 
        ueInformationResponse-r16            UEInformationResponse-r16-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture             SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
UEInformationResponse-r16-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
measResultIdleEUTRA-r16EUTRA measurement results performed during RRC_INACTIVE or RRC_IDLE.
              MeasResultIdleEUTRA-r16             OPTIONAL,
    
measResultIdleNR-r16NR measurement results performed during RRC_INACTIVE or RRC_IDLE.
                 MeasResultIdleNR-r16                OPTIONAL,
    
logMeasReport-r16This field is used to provide the measurement results stored by the UE associated to logged MDT. 
                    LogMeasReport-r16                   OPTIONAL,
    connEstFailReport-r16                ConnEstFailReport-r16               OPTIONAL,
    
ra-ReportList-r16This field is used to provide the list of RA reports that is stored by the UE for the past upto maxRAReport-r16 number of successful random access procedures.
                    RA-ReportList-r16                   OPTIONAL,
    
rlf-Report-r16This field is used to indicate the RLF report related contents.
                       RLF-Report-r16                      OPTIONAL,
    mobilityHistoryReport-r16            MobilityHistoryReport-r16           OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension             OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                 SEQUENCE {}                         OPTIONAL 
} 
LogMeasReport-r16 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
absoluteTimeStamp-r16Indicates the absolute time when the logged measurement configuration logging is provided, as indicated by NR within absoluteTimeInfo.
                AbsoluteTimeInfo-r16, 
    traceReference-r16                   TraceReference-r16, 
    
traceRecordingSessionRef-r16Parameter Trace Recording Session Reference: See TS 32.422 [52].
         OCTET STRING (SIZE (2)), 
    
tce-Id-r16Parameter Trace Collection Entity Id: See TS 32.422 [52].
                           OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)), 
    logMeasInfoList-r16                  LogMeasInfoList-r16, 
    logMeasAvailable-r16                 ENUMERATED {true}                   OPTIONAL,
    logMeasAvailableBT-r16               ENUMERATED {true}                   OPTIONAL,
    logMeasAvailableWLAN-r16             ENUMERATED {true}                   OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
LogMeasInfoList-r16 ::=              SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxLogMeasReport-r16)) OF LogMeasInfo-r16 
LogMeasInfo-r16 ::=                  SEQUENCE { 
    locationInfo-r16                     LocationInfo-r16                    OPTIONAL,
    
relativeTimeStamp-r16Indicates the time of logging measurement results, measured relative to the absoluteTimeStamp. Value in seconds.
                INTEGER (0..7200), 
    servCellIdentity-r16                 CGI-Info-Logging-r16                OPTIONAL,
    
measResultServingCell-r16This field refers to the log measurement results taken in the Serving cell.
            MeasResultServingCell-r16           OPTIONAL,
    
measResultNeighCells-r16This field refers to the neighbour cell measurements when connection establishment failure or connection resume failure happened.
             SEQUENCE { 
        measResultNeighCellListNR            MeasResultListLogging2NR-r16        OPTIONAL,
        measResultNeighCellListEUTRA         MeasResultList2EUTRA-r16            OPTIONAL 
    }, 
 
anyCellSelectionDetected-r16This field is used to indicate the detection of any cell selection state, as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. The UE sets this field when performing the logging of measurement results in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE and there is no suitable cell or no acceptable cell.
         ENUMERATED {true}                   OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
ConnEstFailReport-r16 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
measResultFailedCell-r16This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the cell, where connection establishment failure or connection resume failure happened.
             MeasResultFailedCell-r16, 
    locationInfo-r16                     LocationInfo-r16                    OPTIONAL,
    
measResultNeighCells-r16This field refers to the neighbour cell measurements when connection establishment failure or connection resume failure happened.
             SEQUENCE { 
        measResultNeighCellListNR            MeasResultList2NR-r16               OPTIONAL,
        measResultNeighCellListEUTRA         MeasResultList2EUTRA-r16            OPTIONAL 
    }, 
    
numberOfConnFail-r16This field is used to indicate the latest number of consecutive failed RRCSetup or RRCResume procedures in the same cell independent of RRC state transition.
                 INTEGER (1..8), 
 perRAInfoList-r16                            PerRAInfoList-r16, 
    
timeSinceFailure-r16This field is used to indicate the time that elapsed since the connection (radio link or handover) failure.Value in seconds. The maximum value 172800 means 172800s or longer.
                 TimeSinceFailure-r16, 
    ... 
} 
MeasResultServingCell-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    resultsSSB-Cell                      MeasQuantityResults, 
    resultsSSB                           SEQUENCE{ 
        best-ssb-Index                       SSB-Index, 
        best-ssb-Results                     MeasQuantityResults, 
        
numberOfGoodSSBIndicates the number of good beams (beams that are above absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, if configured by the network) associated to the cells within the R value range (which is configured by network for cell reselection) of the highest ranked cell as part of the beam level measurements. If the UE has no SSB of a neighbour cell whose measurement quantity is above the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation or if the network has not configured the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, then the UE does not include numberOfGoodSSB for the corresponding neighbour cell. If the UE has no SSB of the serving cell whose measurement quantity is above the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation or if the network has not configured the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, then the UE shall set the numberOfGoodSSB for the serving cell to one.
                      INTEGER (1..maxNrofSSBs-r16) 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL 
} 
MeasResultFailedCell-r16 ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    cgi-Info                             CGI-Info-Logging-r16, 
    measResult-r16                       SEQUENCE { 
        cellResults-r16                      SEQUENCE{ 
            resultsSSB-Cell-r16                  MeasQuantityResults 
        }, 
        rsIndexResults-r16                   SEQUENCE{ 
            resultsSSB-Indexes-r16               ResultsPerSSB-IndexList 
        } 
    } 
} 
RA-ReportList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRAReport-r16)) OF RA-Report-r16 
RA-Report-r16 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    cellId-r16                           CHOICE { 
        cellGlobalId-r16                     CGI-Info-Logging-r16, 
        pci-arfcn-r16                        PCI-ARFCN-NR-r16 
    }, 
 
ra-InformationCommon-r16This field is optionally included when connectionFailureType is set to 'hof' or when connectionFailureType is set to 'rlf' and the rlf-Cause equals to 'randomAccessProblem' or 'beamRecoveryFailure'; otherwise this field is absent.
 RA-InformationCommon-r16 OPTIONAL,
    
raPurpose-r16This field is used to indicate the RA scenario for which the RA report entry is triggered. The RA accesses associated to Initial access from RRC_IDLE, RRC re-establishment procedure, transition from RRC-INACTIVE and the MSG3 based SI request are indicated using the indicator 'accessRelated'. The indicator beamFailureRecovery is used in case of successful beam failure recovery related RA procedure in the SpCell [3]. The indicator reconfigurationWithSync is used if the UE executes a reconfiguration with sync. The indicator ulUnSynchronized is used if the random access procedure is initiated in a SpCell by DL or UL data arrival during RRC_CONNECTED when the timeAlignmentTimer is not running in the PTAG or if the RA procedure is initiatedin a serving cell by a PDCCH order [3]. The indicator schedulingRequestFailure is used in case of SR failures [3]. The indicator noPUCCHResourceAvailable is used when the UE has no valid SR PUCCH resources configured [3]. The indicator requestForOtherSI is used for MSG1 based on demand SI request.
                        ENUMERATED {accessRelated, beamFailureRecovery, reconfigurationWithSync, ulUnSynchronized, 
                                                    schedulingRequestFailure, noPUCCHResourceAvailable, requestForOtherSI, 
                                                    spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}, 
    ... 
} 
RA-InformationCommon-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
 
absoluteFrequencyPointA-r16This field indicates the absolute frequency position of the reference resource block (Common RB 0).
 ARFCN-ValueNR, 
 
locationAndBandwidth-r16Frequency domain location and bandwidth of the bandwidth part associated to the random-access resources used by the UE.
 INTEGER (0..37949), 
 
subcarrierSpacing-r16Subcarrier spacing used in the BWP associated to the random-access resources used by the UE.
 SubcarrierSpacing, 
 msg1-FrequencyStart-r16 INTEGER (0..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1) OPTIONAL,
 msg1-FrequencyStartCFRA-r16 INTEGER (0..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1) OPTIONAL,
 msg1-SubcarrierSpacing-r16 SubcarrierSpacing OPTIONAL,
 msg1-SubcarrierSpacingCFRA-r16 SubcarrierSpacing OPTIONAL,
 msg1-FDM-r16 ENUMERATED {one, two, four, eight} OPTIONAL,
 msg1-FDMCFRA-r16 ENUMERATED {one, two, four, eight} OPTIONAL,
 perRAInfoList-r16 PerRAInfoList-r16, 
 ..., 
 [[ 
 perRAInfoList-v1660 PerRAInfoList-v1660  OPTIONAL 
 ]], 
 [[ 
 
msg1-SCS-From-prach-ConfigurationIndex-r16This field is set by the UE with the corresponding SCS for CBRA as derived from the prach-ConfigurationIndex in RACH-ConfigGenericwhen the msg1-SubcarrierSpacing is absent; otherwise, this field is absent.
 ENUMERATED {kHz1dot25, kHz5, spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL 
 ]], 
 [[ 
 
msg1-SCS-From-prach-ConfigurationIndexCFRA-r16This field is set by the UE with the corresponding SCS for CFRA as derived from the prach-ConfigurationIndex in RACH-ConfigGenericwhen the msg1-SubcarrierSpacing is absent; otherwise, this field is absent.
  ENUMERATED {kHz1dot25, kHz5, spare2, spare1}  OPTIONAL 
 ]] 
} 
PerRAInfoList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..200)) OF PerRAInfo-r16 
PerRAInfoList-v1660 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..200)) OF PerRACSI-RSInfo-v1660 
PerRAInfo-r16 ::=                    CHOICE { 
 
perRASSBInfoList-r16This field provides detailed information about the successive random access attempts associated to the same SS/PBCH block.
 PerRASSBInfo-r16, 
 
perRACSI-RSInfoList-r16This field provides detailed information about the successive random access attempts associated to the same CSI-RS.
 PerRACSI-RSInfo-r16 
} 
PerRASSBInfo-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
 
ssb-Index-r16This field is used to indicate the SS/PBCH index of the SS/PBCH block corresponding to the random access attempt.
 SSB-Index, 
 
numberOfPreamblesSentOnSSB-r16This field is used to indicate the total number of successive RA preambles that were transmitted on the corresponding SS/PBCH block.
 INTEGER (1..200), 
    
perRAAttemptInfoList-r16This field provides detailed information about a random access attempt.
             PerRAAttemptInfoList-r16 
} 
PerRACSI-RSInfo-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
 csi-RS-Index-r16                     CSI-RS-Index, 
 
numberOfPreamblesSentOnCSI-RS-r16This field is used to indicate the total number of successive RA preambles that were transmitted on the corresponding CSI-RS.
 INTEGER (1..200) 
} 
PerRACSI-RSInfo-v1660 ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    csi-RS-Index-v1660 INTEGER (1..96)                     OPTIONAL 
} 
PerRAAttemptInfoList-r16 ::=         SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..200)) OF PerRAAttemptInfo-r16 
PerRAAttemptInfo-r16 ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    
contentionDetected-r16This field is used to indicate that contention was detected for the transmitted preamble in the given random access attempt or not. This field is not included when the UE performs random access attempt is using contention free random-access resources or when the raPurpose is set to requestForOtherSI.
               BOOLEAN OPTIONAL,
    
dlRSRPAboveThreshold-r16This field is used to indicate whether the DL beam (SSB) quality associated to the random access attempt was above or below the threshold rsrp-ThresholdSSBin beamFailureRecoveryConfig in UL BWP configuration of UL BWP selected for random access procedure initiated for beam failure recovery; Otherwise, rsrp-ThresholdSSB in rach-ConfigCommon in UL BWP configuration of UL BWP selected for random access procedure.
             BOOLEAN OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
RLF-Report-r16 ::=                   CHOICE { 
    nr-RLF-Report-r16                    SEQUENCE { 
        
measResultLastServCell-r16This field refers to the log measurement results taken in the PCell upon detecting radio link failure or the source PCell upon handover failure.
           MeasResultRLFNR-r16, 
        
measResultNeighCells-r16This field refers to the neighbour cell measurements when connection establishment failure or connection resume failure happened.
             SEQUENCE { 
            
measResultListNR-r16This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the neighboring NR Cells, when the radio link failure or handover failure happened.
                 MeasResultList2NR-r16       OPTIONAL,
            
measResultListEUTRA-r16This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the neighboring EUTRA Cells, when the radio link failure or handover failure happened.
              MeasResultList2EUTRA-r16    OPTIONAL 
        }                                                OPTIONAL,
        
c-RNTI-r16This field indicates the C-RNTI used in the PCell upon detecting radio link failure or the C-RNTI used in the source PCell upon handover failure.
                           RNTI-Value, 
        
previousPCellId-r16This field is used to indicate the source PCell of the last handover (source PCell when the last RRCReconfiguration message including reconfigurationWithSync was received). For intra-NR handover nrPreviousCell is included and for the handover from EUTRA to NR eutraPreviousCell is included.
                  CHOICE { 
            nrPreviousCell-r16                   CGI-Info-Logging-r16, 
            eutraPreviousCell-r16                CGI-InfoEUTRALogging 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL,
        
failedPCellId-r16This field is used to indicate the PCell in which RLF is detected or the target PCell of the failed handover. For intra-NR handover nrFailedPCellId is included and for the handover from NR to EUTRA eutraFailedPCellId is included. The UE sets the ARFCN according to the frequency band used for transmission/ reception when the failure occurred.
                    CHOICE { 
            nrFailedPCellId-r16                  CHOICE { 
                cellGlobalId-r16                     CGI-Info-Logging-r16, 
                pci-arfcn-r16                        PCI-ARFCN-NR-r16 
 }, 
            eutraFailedPCellId-r16           CHOICE { 
                cellGlobalId-r16                 CGI-InfoEUTRALogging, 
                pci-arfcn-r16                    PCI-ARFCN-EUTRA-r16 
            } 
        }, 
        
reconnectCellId-r16This field is used to indicate the cell in which the UE comes back to connected after connection failure and after failing to perform reestablishment. If the UE comes back to RRC CONNECTED in an NR cell then nrReconnectCellID is included and if the UE comes back to RRC CONNECTED in an LTE cell then eutraReconnectCellID is included
                  CHOICE { 
            nrReconnectCellId-r16                CGI-Info-Logging-r16, 
            eutraReconnectCellId-r16             CGI-InfoEUTRALogging 
        }                                                                                        OPTIONAL,
        
timeUntilReconnection-r16This field is used to indicate the time that elapsed between the connection (radio link or handover) failure and the next time the UE comes to RRC CONNECTED in an NR or EUTRA cell, after failing to perform reestablishment.Value in seconds. The maximum value 172800 means 172800s or longer.
            TimeUntilReconnection-r16                           OPTIONAL,
        
reestablishmentCellId-r16This field is used to indicate the cell in which the re-establishment attempt was made after connection failure.
            CGI-Info-Logging-r16                                OPTIONAL,
        
timeConnFailure-r16This field is used to indicate the time elapsed since the last HO initialization until connection failure. Actual value = field value * 100ms. The maximum value 1023 means 102.3s or longer.
                  INTEGER (0..1023)                                   OPTIONAL,
        
timeSinceFailure-r16This field is used to indicate the time that elapsed since the connection (radio link or handover) failure.Value in seconds. The maximum value 172800 means 172800s or longer.
                 TimeSinceFailure-r16, 
        
connectionFailureType-r16This field is used to indicate whether the connection failure is due to radio link failure or handover failure.
            ENUMERATED {rlf, hof}, 
        
rlf-Cause-r16This field is used to indicate the cause of the last radio link failure that was detected. In case of handover failure information reporting (i.e., the connectionFailureType is set to 'hof'), the UE is allowed to set this field to any value.
                        ENUMERATED {t310-Expiry, randomAccessProblem, rlc-MaxNumRetx, 
                                                         beamFailureRecoveryFailure, lbtFailure-r16, 
                                                         bh-rlfRecoveryFailure, spare2, spare1}, 
        locationInfo-r16                     LocationInfo-r16                                    OPTIONAL,
        
noSuitableCellFound-r16This field is set by the UE when the T311 expires.
              ENUMERATED {true}                                   OPTIONAL,
        
ra-InformationCommon-r16This field is optionally included when connectionFailureType is set to 'hof' or when connectionFailureType is set to 'rlf' and the rlf-Cause equals to 'randomAccessProblem' or 'beamRecoveryFailure'; otherwise this field is absent.
             RA-InformationCommon-r16                            OPTIONAL,
        ..., 
        [[ 
        csi-rsRLMConfigBitmap-v1650 BIT STRING (SIZE (96))                              OPTIONAL 
        ]] 
    }, 
    eutra-RLF-Report-r16                 SEQUENCE { 
        
failedPCellId-EUTRAThis field is used to indicate the PCell in which RLF is detected or the source PCell of the failed handover in an E-UTRA RLF report.
                  CGI-InfoEUTRALogging, 
        
measResult-RLF-Report-EUTRA-r16Includes the E-UTRA RLF-Report-r9 IE as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
      OCTET STRING,
        ..., 
        [[ 
        
measResult-RLF-Report-EUTRA-v1690Includes the E-UTRA RLF-Report-v9e0 IE as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
    OCTET STRING OPTIONAL 
        ]] 
    } 
} 
MeasResultList2NR-r16 ::=            SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2NR-r16 
MeasResultList2EUTRA-r16 ::=         SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA-r16 
MeasResult2NR-r16 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    ssbFrequency-r16                     ARFCN-ValueNR                                           OPTIONAL,
    refFreqCSI-RS-r16                    ARFCN-ValueNR                                           OPTIONAL,
    measResultList-r16                   MeasResultListNR 
} 
MeasResultListLogging2NR-r16 ::=     SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResultLogging2NR-r16 
MeasResultLogging2NR-r16 ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-r16                      ARFCN-ValueNR, 
    measResultListLoggingNR-r16          MeasResultListLoggingNR-r16 
} 
MeasResultListLoggingNR-r16 ::=      SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultLoggingNR-r16 
MeasResultLoggingNR-r16 ::=          SEQUENCE { 
    physCellId-r16                       PhysCellId, 
    resultsSSB-Cell-r16                  MeasQuantityResults, 
    
numberOfGoodSSB-r16Indicates the number of good beams (beams that are above absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, if configured by the network) associated to the cells within the R value range (which is configured by network for cell reselection) of the highest ranked cell as part of the beam level measurements. If the UE has no SSB of a neighbour cell whose measurement quantity is above the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation or if the network has not configured the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, then the UE does not include numberOfGoodSSB for the corresponding neighbour cell. If the UE has no SSB of the serving cell whose measurement quantity is above the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation or if the network has not configured the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, then the UE shall set the numberOfGoodSSB for the serving cell to one.
                  INTEGER (1..maxNrofSSBs-r16) OPTIONAL 
} 
MeasResult2EUTRA-r16 ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-r16                      ARFCN-ValueEUTRA, 
    measResultList-r16                   MeasResultListEUTRA 
} 
MeasResultRLFNR-r16 ::=              SEQUENCE { 
    measResult-r16                       SEQUENCE { 
        cellResults-r16                      SEQUENCE{ 
            resultsSSB-Cell-r16                  MeasQuantityResults                             OPTIONAL,
            resultsCSI-RS-Cell-r16               MeasQuantityResults                             OPTIONAL 
        }, 
        rsIndexResults-r16                   SEQUENCE{ 
            resultsSSB-Indexes-r16               ResultsPerSSB-IndexList                         OPTIONAL,
            
ssbRLMConfigBitmap-r16This field is used to indicate the SS/PBCH block indexes configured in the RLM configurations for the active BWP when the UE declares RLF or HOF.The first/leftmost bit corresponds to SSB index 0, the second bit corresponds to SSB index 1. This field is included only if the RadioLinkMonitoringConfig for the respective BWP is configured.
               BIT STRING (SIZE (64))                          OPTIONAL,
            resultsCSI-RS-Indexes-r16            ResultsPerCSI-RS-IndexList                      OPTIONAL,
            csi-rsRLMConfigBitmap-r16            BIT STRING (SIZE (96))                          OPTIONAL 
        }                                                                                    OPTIONAL 
    } 
} 
TimeSinceFailure-r16 ::= INTEGER (0..172800) 
MobilityHistoryReport-r16 ::= VisitedCellInfoList-r16 
TimeUntilReconnection-r16 ::= INTEGER (0..172800) 
 -- TAG-UEINFORMATIONRESPONSE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

UEInformationResponse-IEs field descriptions
logMeasReport
This field is used to provide the measurement results stored by the UE associated to logged MDT. 
measResultIdleEUTRA
EUTRA measurement results performed during RRC_INACTIVE or RRC_IDLE.
measResultIdleNR
NR measurement results performed during RRC_INACTIVE or RRC_IDLE.
ra-ReportList
This field is used to provide the list of RA reports that is stored by the UE for the past upto maxRAReport-r16 number of successful random access procedures.
rlf-Report
This field is used to indicate the RLF report related contents.


LogMeasReport field descriptions
absoluteTimeStamp
Indicates the absolute time when the logged measurement configuration logging is provided, as indicated by NR within absoluteTimeInfo.
anyCellSelectionDetected
This field is used to indicate the detection of any cell selection state, as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. The UE sets this field when performing the logging of measurement results in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE and there is no suitable cell or no acceptable cell.
measResultServingCell
This field refers to the log measurement results taken in the Serving cell.
numberOfGoodSSB
Indicates the number of good beams (beams that are above absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, if configured by the network) associated to the cells within the R value range (which is configured by network for cell reselection) of the highest ranked cell as part of the beam level measurements. If the UE has no SSB of a neighbour cell whose measurement quantity is above the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation or if the network has not configured the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, then the UE does not include numberOfGoodSSB for the corresponding neighbour cell. If the UE has no SSB of the serving cell whose measurement quantity is above the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation or if the network has not configured the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, then the UE shall set the numberOfGoodSSB for the serving cell to one.
relativeTimeStamp
Indicates the time of logging measurement results, measured relative to the absoluteTimeStamp. Value in seconds.
tce-Id
Parameter Trace Collection Entity Id: See TS 32.422 [52].
traceRecordingSessionRef
Parameter Trace Recording Session Reference: See TS 32.422 [52].


ConnEstFailReport field descriptions
measResultFailedCell
This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the cell, where connection establishment failure or connection resume failure happened.
measResultNeighCells
This field refers to the neighbour cell measurements when connection establishment failure or connection resume failure happened.
numberOfConnFail
This field is used to indicate the latest number of consecutive failed RRCSetup or RRCResume procedures in the same cell independent of RRC state transition.
timeSinceFailure
This field is used to indicate the time that elapsed since the connection (establishment or resume) failure.Value in seconds. The maximum value 172800 means 172800s or longer.


RA-InformationCommon field descriptions
absoluteFrequencyPointA
This field indicates the absolute frequency position of the reference resource block (Common RB 0).
locationAndBandwidth
Frequency domain location and bandwidth of the bandwidth part associated to the random-access resources used by the UE.
perRAInfoList, perRAInfoList-v1660
This field provides detailed information about each of the random access attempts in the chronological order of the random access attempts. IfperRAInfoList-v1660 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in perRAInfoList-r16.
subcarrierSpacing
Subcarrier spacing used in the BWP associated to the random-access resources used by the UE.


RA-Report field descriptions
cellID
This field indicates the CGI of the cell in which the associated random access procedure was performed.
contentionDetected
This field is used to indicate that contention was detected for the transmitted preamble in the given random access attempt or not. This field is not included when the UE performs random access attempt is using contention free random-access resources or when the raPurpose is set to requestForOtherSI.
csi-RS-Index, csi-RS-Index-v1660
This field is used to indicate the CSI-RS index corresponding to the random access attempt.
If the random access procedure is for beam failure recovery, the field indicates the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId. For CSI-RS index larger than maxNrofCSI-RS-ResourcesRRM-1, the index value is the sum of csi-RS-Index (without suffix) and csi-RS-Index-v1660.
dlRSRPAboveThreshold
This field is used to indicate whether the DL beam (SSB) quality associated to the random access attempt was above or below the threshold rsrp-ThresholdSSBin beamFailureRecoveryConfig in UL BWP configuration of UL BWP selected for random access procedure initiated for beam failure recovery; Otherwise, rsrp-ThresholdSSB in rach-ConfigCommon in UL BWP configuration of UL BWP selected for random access procedure.
msg1-SCS-From-prach-ConfigurationIndex
This field is set by the UE with the corresponding SCS for CBRA as derived from the prach-ConfigurationIndex in RACH-ConfigGenericwhen the msg1-SubcarrierSpacing is absent; otherwise, this field is absent.
msg1-SCS-From-prach-ConfigurationIndexCFRA
This field is set by the UE with the corresponding SCS for CFRA as derived from the prach-ConfigurationIndex in RACH-ConfigGenericwhen the msg1-SubcarrierSpacing is absent; otherwise, this field is absent.
numberOfPreamblesSentOnCSI-RS
This field is used to indicate the total number of successive RA preambles that were transmitted on the corresponding CSI-RS.
numberOfPreamblesSentOnSSB
This field is used to indicate the total number of successive RA preambles that were transmitted on the corresponding SS/PBCH block.
perRAAttemptInfoList
This field provides detailed information about a random access attempt.
perRACSI-RSInfoList
This field provides detailed information about the successive random access attempts associated to the same CSI-RS.
perRASSBInfoList
This field provides detailed information about the successive random access attempts associated to the same SS/PBCH block.
ra-InformationCommon
This field is used to provide information on random access attempts. This field is mandatory present.
raPurpose
This field is used to indicate the RA scenario for which the RA report entry is triggered. The RA accesses associated to Initial access from RRC_IDLE, RRC re-establishment procedure, transition from RRC-INACTIVE and the MSG3 based SI request are indicated using the indicator 'accessRelated'. The indicator beamFailureRecovery is used in case of successful beam failure recovery related RA procedure in the SpCell [3]. The indicator reconfigurationWithSync is used if the UE executes a reconfiguration with sync. The indicator ulUnSynchronized is used if the random access procedure is initiated in a SpCell by DL or UL data arrival during RRC_CONNECTED when the timeAlignmentTimer is not running in the PTAG or if the RA procedure is initiatedin a serving cell by a PDCCH order [3]. The indicator schedulingRequestFailure is used in case of SR failures [3]. The indicator noPUCCHResourceAvailable is used when the UE has no valid SR PUCCH resources configured [3]. The indicator requestForOtherSI is used for MSG1 based on demand SI request.
ssb-Index
This field is used to indicate the SS/PBCH index of the SS/PBCH block corresponding to the random access attempt.


RLF-Report field descriptions
connectionFailureType
This field is used to indicate whether the connection failure is due to radio link failure or handover failure.
csi-rsRLMConfigBitmap,csi-rsRLMConfigBitmap-v1650
These fieldsare used to indicate the CSI-RS indexes configured in the RLM configurations for the active BWP when the UE declares RLF or HOF. The UE first fills in the csi-rsRLMConfigBitmap-r16 to indicate the first 96 CSI-RS indexes and then csi-rsRLMConfigBitmap-v1650 to indicate the latter 96 CSI-RS indexes. The first/leftmost bit in csi-rsRLMConfigBitmap-r16 corresponds to CSI-RS index 0, the second bit corresponds to CSI-RS index 1. The first/leftmost bit in csi-rsRLMConfigBitmap-v1650corresponds to CSI-RS index 96, the second bit corresponds to CSI-RS index 97. These fields are included only if the RadioLinkMonitoringConfig for the respective BWP is configured.
c-RNTI
This field indicates the C-RNTI used in the PCell upon detecting radio link failure or the C-RNTI used in the source PCell upon handover failure.
failedPCellId
This field is used to indicate the PCell in which RLF is detected or the target PCell of the failed handover. For intra-NR handover nrFailedPCellId is included and for the handover from NR to EUTRA eutraFailedPCellId is included. The UE sets the ARFCN according to the frequency band used for transmission/ reception when the failure occurred.
failedPCellId-EUTRA
This field is used to indicate the PCell in which RLF is detected or the source PCell of the failed handover in an E-UTRA RLF report.
measResultListEUTRA
This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the neighboring EUTRA Cells, when the radio link failure or handover failure happened.
measResultListNR
This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the neighboring NR Cells, when the radio link failure or handover failure happened.
measResultLastServCell
This field refers to the log measurement results taken in the PCell upon detecting radio link failure or the source PCell upon handover failure.
measResult-RLF-Report-EUTRA
Includes the E-UTRA RLF-Report-r9 IE as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
measResult-RLF-Report-EUTRA-v1690
Includes the E-UTRA RLF-Report-v9e0 IE as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
noSuitableCellFound
This field is set by the UE when the T311 expires.
previousPCellId
This field is used to indicate the source PCell of the last handover (source PCell when the last RRCReconfiguration message including reconfigurationWithSync was received). For intra-NR handover nrPreviousCell is included and for the handover from EUTRA to NR eutraPreviousCell is included.
ra-InformationCommon
This field is optionally included when connectionFailureType is set to 'hof' or when connectionFailureType is set to 'rlf' and the rlf-Cause equals to 'randomAccessProblem' or 'beamRecoveryFailure'; otherwise this field is absent.
reconnectCellId
This field is used to indicate the cell in which the UE comes back to connected after connection failure and after failing to perform reestablishment. If the UE comes back to RRC CONNECTED in an NR cell then nrReconnectCellID is included and if the UE comes back to RRC CONNECTED in an LTE cell then eutraReconnectCellID is included
reestablishmentCellId
This field is used to indicate the cell in which the re-establishment attempt was made after connection failure.
rlf-Cause
This field is used to indicate the cause of the last radio link failure that was detected. In case of handover failure information reporting (i.e., the connectionFailureType is set to 'hof'), the UE is allowed to set this field to any value.
ssbRLMConfigBitmap
This field is used to indicate the SS/PBCH block indexes configured in the RLM configurations for the active BWP when the UE declares RLF or HOF.The first/leftmost bit corresponds to SSB index 0, the second bit corresponds to SSB index 1. This field is included only if the RadioLinkMonitoringConfig for the respective BWP is configured.
timeConnFailure
This field is used to indicate the time elapsed since the last HO initialization until connection failure. Actual value = field value * 100ms. The maximum value 1023 means 102.3s or longer.
timeSinceFailure
This field is used to indicate the time that elapsed since the connection (radio link or handover) failure.Value in seconds. The maximum value 172800 means 172800s or longer.
timeUntilReconnection
This field is used to indicate the time that elapsed between the connection (radio link or handover) failure and the next time the UE comes to RRC CONNECTED in an NR or EUTRA cell, after failing to perform reestablishment.Value in seconds. The maximum value 172800 means 172800s or longer.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-ULDEDICATEDMESSAGESEGMENT-START
ULDedicatedMessageSegment-r16 ::=       SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                      CHOICE { 
        ulDedicatedMessageSegment-r16           ULDedicatedMessageSegment-r16-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture                SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
ULDedicatedMessageSegment-r16-IEs ::=     SEQUENCE { 
    
segmentNumber-r16Identifies the sequence number of a segment within the encoded UL DCCH message. 
                         INTEGER (0..15), 
    
rrc-MessageSegmentContainer-r16Includes a segment of the encoded UL DCCH message. The size of the included segment in this container should be small enough that the resulting encoded RRC message PDU is less than or equal to the PDCP SDU size limit.
           OCTET STRING,
    
rrc-MessageSegmentType-r16Indicates whether the included UL DCCH message segment is the last segment or not.
                ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment}, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension                  OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                      SEQUENCE {}                                   OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-ULDEDICATEDMESSAGESEGMENT-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

ULDedicatedMessageSegment field descriptions
segmentNumber
Identifies the sequence number of a segment within the encoded UL DCCH message. 
rrc-MessageSegmentContainer
Includes a segment of the encoded UL DCCH message. The size of the included segment in this container should be small enough that the resulting encoded RRC message PDU is less than or equal to the PDCP SDU size limit.
rrc-MessageSegmentType
Indicates whether the included UL DCCH message segment is the last segment or not.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-ULINFORMATIONTRANSFER-START
ULInformationTransfer ::=           SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        ulInformationTransfer               ULInformationTransfer-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
ULInformationTransfer-IEs ::=       SEQUENCE { 
    dedicatedNAS-Message                DedicatedNAS-Message                OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                         OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-ULINFORMATIONTRANSFER-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-ULINFORMATIONTRANSFERIRAT-START
ULInformationTransferIRAT-r16 ::=   SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                       CHOICE { 
        c1                                           CHOICE { 
            ulInformationTransferIRAT-r16         ULInformationTransferIRAT-r16-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture                 SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
ULInformationTransferIRAT-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    ul-DCCH-MessageEUTRA-r16                 OCTET STRING   OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension                  OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                      SEQUENCE {}               OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-ULINFORMATIONTRANSFERIRAT-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-ULINFORMATIONTRANSFERMRDC-START
ULInformationTransferMRDC ::=               SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                          CHOICE { 
        c1                                          CHOICE { 
            ulInformationTransferMRDC                   ULInformationTransferMRDC-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
ULInformationTransferMRDC-IEs::=           SEQUENCE { 
    
ul-DCCH-MessageNRIncludes the UL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the NR RRC MeasurementReport, RRCReconfigurationComplete, UEAssistanceInformation and FailureInformation messages when sent via SRB1 and to transfer the NR MCGFailureInformation message when sent via SRB3.
                           OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    
ul-DCCH-MessageEUTRAIncludes the UL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the E-UTRA RRC MeasurementReport message when sent via SRB1 and to transfer the E-UTRA MCGFailureInformation message when sent via SRB3.
                        OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension                    OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                        SEQUENCE {}                     OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-ULINFORMATIONTRANSFERMRDC-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

ULInformationTransferIRAT field descriptions
ul-DCCH-MessageEUTRA
Includes the UL-DCCH-Message as defined in TS 36.331 [10]. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the E-UTRA RRC MeasurementReport, E-UTRA RRC SidelinkUEInformation and the E-UTRA RRC UEAssistanceInformation messages.


ULInformationTransferMRDC field descriptions
ul-DCCH-MessageNR
Includes the UL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the NR RRC MeasurementReport, RRCReconfigurationComplete, UEAssistanceInformation and FailureInformation messages when sent via SRB1 and to transfer the NR MCGFailureInformation message when sent via SRB3.
ul-DCCH-MessageEUTRA
Includes the UL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the E-UTRA RRC MeasurementReport message when sent via SRB1 and to transfer the E-UTRA MCGFailureInformation message when sent via SRB3.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SETUPRELEASE-START
SetupRelease { ElementTypeParam } ::= CHOICE { 
    release         NULL,
    setup           ElementTypeParam 
} 
 -- TAG-SETUPRELEASE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SIB2-START
SIB2 ::=                            SEQUENCE { 
    cellReselectionInfoCommon           SEQUENCE { 
        nrofSS-BlocksToAverage              INTEGER (2..maxNrofSS-BlocksToAverage)          OPTIONAL,       -- Need S
        absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation     ThresholdNR                                     OPTIONAL,       -- Need S
        rangeToBestCell                     RangeToBestCell                                 OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
        q-Hyst                              ENUMERATED { 
                                                dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, dB5, dB6, dB8, dB10, 
                                                dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18, dB20, dB22, dB24}, 
        speedStateReselectionPars           SEQUENCE { 
            mobilityStateParameters             MobilityStateParameters, 
            q-HystSF                        SEQUENCE { 
                sf-Medium                       ENUMERATED {dB-6, dB-4, dB-2, dB0}, 
                sf-High                         ENUMERATED {dB-6, dB-4, dB-2, dB0} 
            } 
        }                                                                                   OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
    ... 
    }, 
    cellReselectionServingFreqInfo      SEQUENCE { 
        s-NonIntraSearchP                   ReselectionThreshold                            OPTIONAL,       -- Need S
        s-NonIntraSearchQ                   ReselectionThresholdQ                           OPTIONAL,       -- Need S
        threshServingLowP                   ReselectionThreshold, 
        threshServingLowQ                   ReselectionThresholdQ                           OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
        cellReselectionPriority             CellReselectionPriority, 
        cellReselectionSubPriority          CellReselectionSubPriority                      OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
        ... 
    }, 
    intraFreqCellReselectionInfo        SEQUENCE { 
        q-RxLevMin                          Q-RxLevMin, 
        q-RxLevMinSUL                       Q-RxLevMin                                      OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
        q-QualMin                           Q-QualMin                                       OPTIONAL,       -- Need S
        s-IntraSearchP                      ReselectionThreshold, 
        s-IntraSearchQ                      ReselectionThresholdQ                           OPTIONAL,       -- Need S
        t-ReselectionNR                     T-Reselection, 
        frequencyBandList                   MultiFrequencyBandListNR-SIB                    OPTIONAL,       -- Need S
        frequencyBandListSUL                MultiFrequencyBandListNR-SIB                    OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
        p-Max                               P-Max                                           OPTIONAL,       -- Need S
        smtc                                SSB-MTC                                         OPTIONAL,       -- Need S
        ss-RSSI-Measurement                 SS-RSSI-Measurement                             OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
        ssb-ToMeasure                       SSB-ToMeasure                                   OPTIONAL,       -- Need S
        deriveSSB-IndexFromCell             BOOLEAN,
        ..., 
        [[ 
        t-ReselectionNR-SF                  SpeedStateScaleFactors                          OPTIONAL  -- Need N
        ]], 
        [[ 
        smtc2-LP-r16                        SSB-MTC2-LP-r16                                 OPTIONAL,        -- Need R
        ssb-PositionQCL-Common-r16          SSB-PositionQCL-Relation-r16                    OPTIONAL  -- Cond SharedSpectrum
        ]] 
    }, 
    ..., 
    [[ 
    relaxedMeasurement-r16              SEQUENCE { 
        lowMobilityEvaluation-r16           SEQUENCE { 
            s-SearchDeltaP-r16                  ENUMERATED { 
                                                    dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12, dB15, 
                                                    spare3, spare2, spare1}, 
            t-SearchDeltaP-r16                  ENUMERATED { 
                                                    s5, s10, s20, s30, s60, s120, s180, 
                                                    s240, s300, spare7, spare6, spare5, 
                                                    spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} 
        }                                                                                   OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
        cellEdgeEvaluation-r16              SEQUENCE { 
            s-SearchThresholdP-r16              ReselectionThreshold, 
            s-SearchThresholdQ-r16              ReselectionThresholdQ                       OPTIONAL  -- Need R
        }                                                                                   OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
        combineRelaxedMeasCondition-r16     ENUMERATED {true}                               OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
        highPriorityMeasRelax-r16           ENUMERATED {true}                               OPTIONAL  -- Need R
    }                                                                                       OPTIONAL  -- Need R
    ]] 
} 
RangeToBestCell    ::= Q-OffsetRange 
 -- TAG-SIB2-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SIB3-START
SIB3 ::=                            SEQUENCE { 
    
intraFreqNeighCellListList of intra-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters. If intraFreqNeighCellList-v1610 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in intraFreqNeighCellList (without suffix).
              IntraFreqNeighCellList                                          OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
intraFreqBlackCellListList of blacklisted intra-frequency neighbouring cells.
              IntraFreqBlackCellList                                          OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[ 
    intraFreqNeighCellList-v1610        IntraFreqNeighCellList-v1610                                    OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
intraFreqWhiteCellList-r16List of whitelisted intra-frequency neighbouring cells, see TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.
          IntraFreqWhiteCellList-r16                                      OPTIONAL,   -- Cond SharedSpectrum2
    
intraFreqCAG-CellList-r16List of intra-frequency neighbouring CAG cells (as defined in TS 38.304 [20]) per PLMN.
           SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF IntraFreqCAG-CellListPerPLMN-r16    OPTIONAL  -- Need R
    ]] 
} 
IntraFreqNeighCellList ::=          SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellIntra)) OF IntraFreqNeighCellInfo 
IntraFreqNeighCellList-v1610::=     SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellIntra)) OF IntraFreqNeighCellInfo-v1610 
IntraFreqNeighCellInfo ::=          SEQUENCE { 
    physCellId                          PhysCellId, 
    
q-OffsetCellParameter "Qoffsets,n" in TS 38.304 [20].
                        Q-OffsetRange, 
    
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellParameter "Qrxlevminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffsetcell = field value * 2 [dB].
                INTEGER (1..8)                                  OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellSULParameter "QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL = field value * 2 [dB].
             INTEGER (1..8)                                  OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
q-QualMinOffsetCellParameter "Qqualminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qqualminoffsetcell = field value [dB].
                 INTEGER (1..8)                                  OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    ... 
} 
IntraFreqNeighCellInfo-v1610 ::=     SEQUENCE { 
    
ssb-PositionQCL-r16Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for a specific intra-frequency neighbor cell as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1. If provided, the cell specific value overwrites the value signalled by ssb-PositionQCL-Common in SIB2 for the indicated cell.
                 SSB-PositionQCL-Relation-r16                    OPTIONAL  -- Cond SharedSpectrum2
} 
IntraFreqBlackCellList ::=          SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellBlack)) OF PCI-Range 
IntraFreqWhiteCellList-r16 ::=      SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellWhite)) OF PCI-Range 
IntraFreqCAG-CellListPerPLMN-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    plmn-IdentityIndex-r16               INTEGER (1..maxPLMN), 
    cag-CellList-r16                     SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCAG-Cell-r16)) OF PCI-Range 
} 
 -- TAG-SIB3-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

SIB2 field descriptions
absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation
Threshold for consolidation of L1 measurements per RS index. If the field is absent, the UE uses the measurement quantity as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
cellEdgeEvaluation
Indicates the criteria for a UE to detect that it is not at cell edge, in order to relax measurement requirements for cell reselection (see TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.9.2).
cellReselectionInfoCommon
Cell re-selection information common for intra-frequency, inter-frequency and/ or inter-RAT cell re-selection.
cellReselectionServingFreqInfo
Information common for non-intra-frequency cell re-selection i.e. cell re-selection to inter-frequency and inter-RAT cells.
combineRelaxedMeasCondition
When both lowMobilityEvalutation and cellEdgeEvalutation criteria are present in SIB2, this parameter configures the UE to fulfil both criteria in order to relax measurement requirements for cell reselection. If the field is absent, the UE is allowed to relax measurement requirements for cell reselection when either or both of the criteria are met. (See TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.9.0)
deriveSSB-IndexFromCell
This field indicates whether the UE can utilize serving cell timing to derive the index of SS block transmitted by neighbour cell. If this field is set to true, the UE assumes SFN and frame boundary alignment across cells on the serving frequency as specified in TS 38.133 [14].
frequencyBandList
Indicates the list of frequency bands for which the NR cell reselection parameters apply. The UE behaviour in case the field is absent is described in clause 5.2.2.4.3.
highPriorityMeasRelax
Indicates whether measurements can be relaxed on high priority frequencies. If the field is absent, the UE shall not relax measurements on high priority frequenciesbeyond "Thigher_priority_search" unless both low mobility and not at cell edge criteria are fulfilled (see TS 38.133 [14], clauses 4.2.2.7, 4.2.2.10 and 4.2.2.11).
intraFreqCellReselectionInfo
Cell re-selection information common for intra-frequency cells.
lowMobilityEvaluation
Indicates the criteria for a UE to detect low mobility, in order to relax measurement requirements for cell reselection (see TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.9.1).
nrofSS-BlocksToAverage
Number of SS blocks to average for cell measurement derivation. If the field is absent the UE uses the measurement quantity as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
p-Max
Value in dBm applicable for the intra-frequency neighbouring NR cells. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-1 [15] in case of an FR1 cell or TS 38.101-2 [39] in case of an FR2 cell. In this release of the specification, if p-Max is present on a carrier frequency in FR2, the UE shall ignore the field and applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-2 [39]. This field is ignored by IAB-MT. The IAB-MT applies output power and emissions requirements, as specified in TS 38.174 [63].
q-Hyst
Parameter "Qhyst" in TS 38.304 [20], Value in dB. Value dB1 corresponds to 1 dB, dB2 corresponds to 2 dB and so on.
q-HystSF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for Qhyst" in TS 38.304 [20]. The sf-Medium and sf-High concern the additional hysteresis to be applied, in Medium and High Mobility state respectively, to Qhyst as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. In dB. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6dB, dB-4 corresponds to -4dB and so on.
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.  
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells.
q-RxLevMinSUL
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells.
rangeToBestCell
Parameter "rangeToBestCell" in TS 38.304 [20]. The network configures only non-negative (in dB) values.
relaxedMeasurement
Configuration to allow relaxation of RRM measurement requirements for cell reselection (see TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.9).
s-IntraSearchP
Parameter "SIntraSearchP" in TS 38.304 [20].
s-IntraSearchQ
Parameter "SIntraSearchQ" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for SIntraSearchQ.
s-NonIntraSearchP
Parameter "SnonIntraSearchP" in TS 38.304 [20]. If this field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of infinity for SnonIntraSearchP.
s-NonIntraSearchQ
Parameter "SnonIntraSearchQ" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for SnonIntraSearchQ.
s-SearchDeltaP
Parameter "SSearchDeltaP" in TS 38.304 [20]. Value dB3 corresponds to 3 dB, dB6 corresponds to 6 dB and so on.
s-SearchThresholdP
Parameter "SSearchThresholdP" in TS 38.304 [20]. The network configures s-SearchThresholdPto be less than or equal to s-IntraSearchP and s-NonIntraSearchP.
s-SearchThresholdQ
Parameter "SSearchThresholdQ" in TS 38.304 [20]. The network configures s-SearchThresholdQto be less than or equal to s-IntraSearchQ and s-NonIntraSearchQ.
smtc
Measurement timing configuration for intra-frequency measurement. If this field is absent, the UE assumes that SSB periodicity is 5 ms for the intra-frequnecy cells.
smtc2-LP
Measurement timing configuration for intra-frequency neighbour cells with a Long Periodicity (LP) indicated by periodicity in smtc2-LP. The timing offset and duration are equal to the offset and duration indicated in smtc in intraFreqCellReselectionInfo. The periodicity in smtc2-LP can only be set to a value strictly larger than the periodicity in smtc in intraFreqCellReselectionInfo (e.g. if smtc indicates sf20 the Long Periodicity can only be set to sf40, sf80 or sf160, if smtc indicates sf160, smtc2-LP cannot be configured). The pci-List, if present, includes the physical cell identities of the intra-frequency neighbour cells with Long Periodicity. If smtc2-LP is absent, the UE assumes that there are no intra-frequency neighbour cells with a Long Periodicity.
ssb-PositionQCL-Common
Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for intra-frequency neighbor cells as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1.
ssb-ToMeasure
The set of SS blocks to be measured within the SMTC measurement duration (see TS 38.215 [9]). When the field is absent the UE measures on all SS-blocks.
t-ReselectionNR
Parameter "TreselectionNR" in TS 38.304 [20].
t-ReselectionNR-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionNR" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 38.304 [20].
threshServingLowP
Parameter "ThreshServing, LowP" inTS 38.304 [20].
threshServingLowQ
Parameter "ThreshServing, LowQ" inTS 38.304 [20].
t-SearchDeltaP
Parameter "TSearchDeltaP" in TS 38.304 [20]. Value in seconds. Value s5 means 5 seconds, value s10 means 10 seconds and so on.


Conditional Presence
Explanation
SharedSpectrum
This field is mandatory present if this intra-frequency operates with shared spectrum channel access. Otherwise, it is absent, Need R.



SIB3field descriptions
intraFreqBlackCellList
List of blacklisted intra-frequency neighbouring cells.
intraFreqCAG-CellList
List of intra-frequency neighbouring CAG cells (as defined in TS 38.304 [20]) per PLMN.
intraFreqNeighCellList
List of intra-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters. If intraFreqNeighCellList-v1610 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in intraFreqNeighCellList (without suffix).
intraFreqWhiteCellList
List of whitelisted intra-frequency neighbouring cells, see TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.
q-OffsetCell
Parameter "Qoffsets,n" in TS 38.304 [20].
q-QualMinOffsetCell
Parameter "Qqualminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qqualminoffsetcell = field value [dB].
q-RxLevMinOffsetCell
Parameter "Qrxlevminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffsetcell = field value * 2 [dB].
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellSUL
Parameter "QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL = field value * 2 [dB].
ssb-PositionQCL
Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for a specific intra-frequency neighbor cell as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1. If provided, the cell specific value overwrites the value signalled by ssb-PositionQCL-Common in SIB2 for the indicated cell.


Conditional Presence
Explanation
SharedSpectrum2
The field is optional present, Need R, if this intra-frequency or neighbor cell operates with shared spectrum channel access. Otherwise, it is absent, Need R.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SIB4-START
SIB4 ::=                            SEQUENCE { 
    
interFreqCarrierFreqListList of neighbouring carrier frequencies and frequency specific cell re-selection information. If interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in interFreqCarrierFreqList (without suffix).
            InterFreqCarrierFreqList, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[ 
    interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610      InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610              OPTIONAL  -- Need R
    ]] 
} 
InterFreqCarrierFreqList ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo 
InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610 ::=  SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1610 
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
dl-CarrierFreqThis field indicates center frequency of the SS block of the neighbour cells, where the frequency corresponds to a GSCN value as specified in TS 38.101-1 [15].
                      ARFCN-ValueNR, 
    
frequencyBandListIndicates the list of frequency bands for which the NR cell reselection parameters apply.
                   MultiFrequencyBandListNR-SIB                                OPTIONAL,   -- Cond Mandatory
    frequencyBandListSUL                MultiFrequencyBandListNR-SIB                                OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
nrofSS-BlocksToAverageNumber of SS blocks to average for cell measurement derivation. If the field is absent, the UE uses the measurement quantity as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
              INTEGER (2..maxNrofSS-BlocksToAverage)                      OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidationThreshold for consolidation of L1 measurements per RS index. If the field is absent, the UE uses the measurement quantity as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
     ThresholdNR                                                 OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
smtcMeasurement timing configuration for inter-frequency measurement. If this field is absent, the UE assumes that SSB periodicity is 5 ms in this frequency.
                                SSB-MTC                                                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
ssbSubcarrierSpacingSubcarrier spacing of SSB. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), and 120 kHz or 240 kHz (FR2) are applicable.
                SubcarrierSpacing, 
    
ssb-ToMeasureThe set of SS blocks to be measured within the SMTC measurement duration (see TS 38.215 [9]). When the field is absent the UE measures on all SS-blocks.
                       SSB-ToMeasure                                               OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
deriveSSB-IndexFromCellThis field indicates whether the UE may use the timing of any detected cell on that frequency to derive the SSB index of all neighbour cells on that frequency. If this field is set to true, the UE assumes SFN and frame boundary alignment across cells on the neighbor frequency as specified in TS 38.133 [14].
             BOOLEAN,
    ss-RSSI-Measurement                 SS-RSSI-Measurement                                         OPTIONAL, -- Need R
    
q-RxLevMinParameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20].
                          Q-RxLevMin, 
    
q-RxLevMinSULParameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20].
                       Q-RxLevMin                                                  OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
q-QualMinParameter "Qqualmin" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.
                           Q-QualMin                                                   OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
p-MaxValue in dBm applicable for the neighbouring NR cells on this carrier frequency. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-1 [15] in case of an FR1 cell or TS 38.101-2 [39] in case of an FR2 cell. In this release of the specification, if p-Max is present on a carrier frequency in FR2, the UE shall ignore the field and applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-2 [39].This field is ignored by IAB-MT. The IAB-MT applies output power and emissions requirements, as specified in TS 38.174 [63].
                               P-Max                                                       OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
t-ReselectionNRParameter "TreselectionNR" in TS 38.304 [20].
                     T-Reselection, 
    
t-ReselectionNR-SFParameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionNR" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 38.304 [20].
                  SpeedStateScaleFactors                                      OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
threshX-HighPParameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 38.304 [20].
                       ReselectionThreshold, 
    
threshX-LowPParameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 38.304 [20].
                        ReselectionThreshold, 
    threshX-Q                           SEQUENCE { 
        
threshX-HighQParameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
                       ReselectionThresholdQ, 
        
threshX-LowQParameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
                        ReselectionThresholdQ 
    }                                                                                               OPTIONAL,   -- Cond RSRQ
    cellReselectionPriority             CellReselectionPriority                                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    cellReselectionSubPriority          CellReselectionSubPriority                                  OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
q-OffsetFreqParameter "Qoffsetfrequency" in TS 38.304 [20].
                        Q-OffsetRange                                               DEFAULT dB0, 
    
interFreqNeighCellListList of inter-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters. If interFreqNeighCellList-v1610 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in interFreqNeighCellList (without suffix).
              InterFreqNeighCellList                                      OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
interFreqBlackCellListList of blacklisted inter-frequency neighbouring cells.
              InterFreqBlackCellList                                      OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    ... 
} 
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1610 ::=  SEQUENCE { 
    interFreqNeighCellList-v1610        InterFreqNeighCellList-v1610                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need R
    
smtc2-LP-r16Measurement timing configuration for inter-frequency neighbour cells with a Long Periodicity (LP) indicated by periodicity in smtc2-LP. The timing offset and duration are equal to the offset and duration indicated in smtc in InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo. The periodicity in smtc2-LP can only be set to a value strictly larger than the periodicity in smtc in InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo (e.g. if smtc indicates sf20 the Long Periodicity can only be set to sf40, sf80 or sf160, if smtc indicates sf160, smtc2-LP cannot be configured). The pci-List, if present, includes the physical cell identities of the inter-frequency neighbour cells with Long Periodicity. If smtc2-LP is absent, the UE assumes that there are no inter-frequency neighbour cells with a Long Periodicity.
                        SSB-MTC2-LP-r16                                             OPTIONAL,    -- Need R
    
interFreqWhiteCellList-r16List of whitelisted inter-frequency neighbouring cells, see TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.
          InterFreqWhiteCellList-r16                                  OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SharedSpectrum2
    
ssb-PositionQCL-Common-r16Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for inter-frequency neighbor cells as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1.
          SSB-PositionQCL-Relation-r16                                OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SharedSpectrum
    
interFreqCAG-CellList-r16List of inter-frequency neighbouring CAG cells (as defined in TS 38.304 [20] per PLMN.
           SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF InterFreqCAG-CellListPerPLMN-r16   OPTIONAL  -- Need R
} 
InterFreqNeighCellList ::=          SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInter)) OF InterFreqNeighCellInfo 
InterFreqNeighCellList-v1610 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInter)) OF InterFreqNeighCellInfo-v1610 
InterFreqNeighCellInfo ::=          SEQUENCE { 
    physCellId                          PhysCellId, 
    
q-OffsetCellParameter "Qoffsets,n" in TS 38.304 [20].
                        Q-OffsetRange, 
    
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellParameter "Qrxlevminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffsetcell = field value * 2 [dB].
                INTEGER (1..8)                                              OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellSULParameter "QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL = field value * 2 [dB].
             INTEGER (1..8)                                              OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
q-QualMinOffsetCellParameter "Qqualminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qqualminoffsetcell = field value [dB].
                 INTEGER (1..8)                                              OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    ... 
} 
InterFreqNeighCellInfo-v1610 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
ssb-PositionQCL-r16Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for a specific neighbor cell as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1. If provided, the cell specific value overwrites the common value signalled by ssb-PositionQCL-Common in SIB4 for the indicated cell.
                 SSB-PositionQCL-Relation-r16                                OPTIONAL  -- Cond SharedSpectrum2
} 
InterFreqBlackCellList ::=          SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellBlack)) OF PCI-Range 
InterFreqWhiteCellList-r16 ::=      SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellWhite)) OF PCI-Range 
InterFreqCAG-CellListPerPLMN-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    plmn-IdentityIndex-r16              INTEGER (1..maxPLMN), 
    cag-CellList-r16                    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCAG-Cell-r16)) OF PCI-Range 
} 
 -- TAG-SIB4-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

SIB4 field descriptions
absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation
Threshold for consolidation of L1 measurements per RS index. If the field is absent, the UE uses the measurement quantity as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
deriveSSB-IndexFromCell
This field indicates whether the UE may use the timing of any detected cell on that frequency to derive the SSB index of all neighbour cells on that frequency. If this field is set to true, the UE assumes SFN and frame boundary alignment across cells on the neighbor frequency as specified in TS 38.133 [14].
dl-CarrierFreq
This field indicates center frequency of the SS block of the neighbour cells, where the frequency corresponds to a GSCN value as specified in TS 38.101-1 [15].
frequencyBandList
Indicates the list of frequency bands for which the NR cell reselection parameters apply.
interFreqBlackCellList
List of blacklisted inter-frequency neighbouring cells.
interFreqCAG-CellList
List of inter-frequency neighbouring CAG cells (as defined in TS 38.304 [20] per PLMN.
interFreqCarrierFreqList
List of neighbouring carrier frequencies and frequency specific cell re-selection information. If interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in interFreqCarrierFreqList (without suffix).
interFreqNeighCellList
List of inter-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters. If interFreqNeighCellList-v1610 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in interFreqNeighCellList (without suffix).
interFreqWhiteCellList
List of whitelisted inter-frequency neighbouring cells, see TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.
nrofSS-BlocksToAverage
Number of SS blocks to average for cell measurement derivation. If the field is absent, the UE uses the measurement quantity as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
p-Max
Value in dBm applicable for the neighbouring NR cells on this carrier frequency. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-1 [15] in case of an FR1 cell or TS 38.101-2 [39] in case of an FR2 cell. In this release of the specification, if p-Max is present on a carrier frequency in FR2, the UE shall ignore the field and applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-2 [39].This field is ignored by IAB-MT. The IAB-MT applies output power and emissions requirements, as specified in TS 38.174 [63].
q-OffsetCell
Parameter "Qoffsets,n" in TS 38.304 [20].
q-OffsetFreq
Parameter "Qoffsetfrequency" in TS 38.304 [20].
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.
q-QualMinOffsetCell
Parameter "Qqualminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qqualminoffsetcell = field value [dB].
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20].
q-RxLevMinOffsetCell
Parameter "Qrxlevminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffsetcell = field value * 2 [dB].
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellSUL
Parameter "QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL = field value * 2 [dB].
q-RxLevMinSUL
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20].
smtc
Measurement timing configuration for inter-frequency measurement. If this field is absent, the UE assumes that SSB periodicity is 5 ms in this frequency.
smtc2-LP
Measurement timing configuration for inter-frequency neighbour cells with a Long Periodicity (LP) indicated by periodicity in smtc2-LP. The timing offset and duration are equal to the offset and duration indicated in smtc in InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo. The periodicity in smtc2-LP can only be set to a value strictly larger than the periodicity in smtc in InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo (e.g. if smtc indicates sf20 the Long Periodicity can only be set to sf40, sf80 or sf160, if smtc indicates sf160, smtc2-LP cannot be configured). The pci-List, if present, includes the physical cell identities of the inter-frequency neighbour cells with Long Periodicity. If smtc2-LP is absent, the UE assumes that there are no inter-frequency neighbour cells with a Long Periodicity.
ssb-PositionQCL
Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for a specific neighbor cell as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1. If provided, the cell specific value overwrites the common value signalled by ssb-PositionQCL-Common in SIB4 for the indicated cell.
ssb-PositionQCL-Common
Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for inter-frequency neighbor cells as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1.
ssb-ToMeasure
The set of SS blocks to be measured within the SMTC measurement duration (see TS 38.215 [9]). When the field is absent the UE measures on all SS-blocks.
ssbSubcarrierSpacing
Subcarrier spacing of SSB. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), and 120 kHz or 240 kHz (FR2) are applicable.
threshX-HighP
Parameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-HighQ
Parameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-LowP
Parameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-LowQ
Parameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
t-ReselectionNR
Parameter "TreselectionNR" in TS 38.304 [20].
t-ReselectionNR-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionNR" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 38.304 [20].


Conditional Presence
Explanation
Mandatory
The field is mandatory present in SIB4.
RSRQ
The field is mandatory present if threshServingLowQ is present in SIB2; otherwise it is absent.
SharedSpectrum
This field is mandatory present if this inter-frequency operates with shared spectrum channel access. Otherwise, it is absent, Need R.
SharedSpectrum2
The field is optional present, Need R, if this inter-frequency or neighbor cell operates with shared spectrum channel access. Otherwise, it is absent, Need R.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SIB5-START
SIB5 ::=                            SEQUENCE { 
    
carrierFreqListEUTRAList of carrier frequencies of E-UTRA. If the carrierFreqListEUTRA-v1610 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in the carrierFreqListEUTRA (without suffix).
                CarrierFreqListEUTRA                        OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
    
t-ReselectionEUTRAParameter "TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 38.304 [20].
                  T-Reselection, 
    
t-ReselectionEUTRA-SFParameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 38.304 [20].
               SpeedStateScaleFactors                      OPTIONAL,       -- Need S
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[ 
    carrierFreqListEUTRA-v1610      CarrierFreqListEUTRA-v1610                      OPTIONAL  -- Need R
    ]] 
} 
CarrierFreqListEUTRA ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxEUTRA-Carrier)) OF CarrierFreqEUTRA 
CarrierFreqListEUTRA-v1610 ::=      SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxEUTRA-Carrier)) OF CarrierFreqEUTRA-v1610 
CarrierFreqEUTRA ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq                         ARFCN-ValueEUTRA, 
    
eutra-multiBandInfoListIndicates the list of frequency bands in addition to the band represented by carrierFreq for which cell reselection parameters are common, and a list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values, as defined in TS 36.101 [22], table 6.2.4-1, for the frequency bands in eutra-multiBandInfoList
             EUTRA-MultiBandInfoList                     OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
    eutra-FreqNeighCellList             EUTRA-FreqNeighCellList                     OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
    
eutra-BlackCellListList of blacklisted E-UTRA neighbouring cells.
                 EUTRA-FreqBlackCellList                     OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
    allowedMeasBandwidth                EUTRA-AllowedMeasBandwidth, 
    presenceAntennaPort1                EUTRA-PresenceAntennaPort1, 
    cellReselectionPriority             CellReselectionPriority                     OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
    cellReselectionSubPriority          CellReselectionSubPriority                  OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
    
threshX-HighParameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 38.304 [20].
                        ReselectionThreshold, 
    
threshX-LowParameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 38.304 [20].
                         ReselectionThreshold, 
    
q-RxLevMinParameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qrxlevmin = field value * 2 [dBm].
                          INTEGER (-70..-22), 
    
q-QualMinParameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qqualmin = field value [dB].
                           INTEGER (-34..-3), 
    
p-MaxEUTRAThe maximum allowed transmission power in dBm on the (uplink) carrier frequency, see TS 36.304 [27].
                          INTEGER (-30..33), 
    threshX-Q                           SEQUENCE { 
        
threshX-HighQParameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
                       ReselectionThresholdQ, 
        
threshX-LowQParameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
                        ReselectionThresholdQ 
    }                                                                               OPTIONAL  -- Cond RSRQ
} 
CarrierFreqEUTRA-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
highSpeedEUTRACarrier-r16If the field is present, the UE shall apply the enhanced NR-EUTRA inter-RAT measurement requirements to support high speed up to 500 km/h as specified in TS 38.133 [14] to the E-UTRA carrier.
       ENUMERATED {true}                               OPTIONAL  -- Need R
} 
EUTRA-FreqBlackCellList ::=         SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxEUTRA-CellBlack)) OF EUTRA-PhysCellIdRange 
EUTRA-FreqNeighCellList ::=         SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellEUTRA)) OF EUTRA-FreqNeighCellInfo 
EUTRA-FreqNeighCellInfo ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    physCellId                          EUTRA-PhysCellId, 
    
dummyThis field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
                               EUTRA-Q-OffsetRange, 
    
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellParameter "Qrxlevminoffsetcell" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffsetcell = field value * 2 [dB].
                INTEGER (1..8)                              OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
    
q-QualMinOffsetCellParameter "Qqualminoffsetcell" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qqualminoffsetcell = field value [dB].
                 INTEGER (1..8)                              OPTIONAL  -- Need R
} 
 -- TAG-SIB5-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

SIB5 field descriptions
carrierFreqListEUTRA
List of carrier frequencies of E-UTRA. If the carrierFreqListEUTRA-v1610 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in the carrierFreqListEUTRA (without suffix).
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
eutra-BlackCellList
List of blacklisted E-UTRA neighbouring cells.
eutra-multiBandInfoList
Indicates the list of frequency bands in addition to the band represented by carrierFreq for which cell reselection parameters are common, and a list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values, as defined in TS 36.101 [22], table 6.2.4-1, for the frequency bands in eutra-multiBandInfoList
highSpeedEUTRACarrier
If the field is present, the UE shall apply the enhanced NR-EUTRA inter-RAT measurement requirements to support high speed up to 500 km/h as specified in TS 38.133 [14] to the E-UTRA carrier.
p-MaxEUTRA
The maximum allowed transmission power in dBm on the (uplink) carrier frequency, see TS 36.304 [27].
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qqualmin = field value [dB].
q-QualMinOffsetCell
Parameter "Qqualminoffsetcell" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qqualminoffsetcell = field value [dB].
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qrxlevmin = field value * 2 [dBm].
q-RxLevMinOffsetCell
Parameter "Qrxlevminoffsetcell" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffsetcell = field value * 2 [dB].
t-ReselectionEUTRA
Parameter "TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-High
Parameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-HighQ
Parameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-Low
Parameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-LowQ
Parameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
t-ReselectionEUTRA-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 38.304 [20].


Conditional Presence
Explanation
RSRQ
The field is mandatory present if the threshServingLowQ is present in SIB2; otherwise it is absent.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SIB6-START
SIB6 ::=                            SEQUENCE { 
    
messageIdentifierIdentifies the source and type of ETWS notification.
                   BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
serialNumberIdentifies variations of an ETWS notification.
                        BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
warningTypeIdentifies the warning type of the ETWS primary notification and provides information on emergency user alert and UE popup.
                         OCTET STRING (SIZE (2)), 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-SIB6-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

SIB6 field descriptions
messageIdentifier
Identifies the source and type of ETWS notification.
serialNumber
Identifies variations of an ETWS notification.
warningType
Identifies the warning type of the ETWS primary notification and provides information on emergency user alert and UE popup.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SIB7-START
SIB7 ::=                            SEQUENCE { 
    
messageIdentifierIdentifies the source and type of ETWS notification.
                   BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
serialNumberIdentifies variations of an ETWS notification.
                        BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
warningMessageSegmentTypeIndicates whether the included ETWS warning message segment is the last segment or not.
           ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment}, 
    
warningMessageSegmentNumberSegment number of the ETWS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, A segment number of one corresponds to the second segment, and so on.
         INTEGER (0..63), 
    
warningMessageSegmentCarries a segment of the Warning Message Contents IE.
               OCTET STRING,
    
dataCodingSchemeIdentifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of an ETWS notification.
                    OCTET STRING (SIZE (1))                     OPTIONAL,   -- Cond Segment1
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-SIB7-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

SIB7 field descriptions
dataCodingScheme
Identifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of an ETWS notification.
messageIdentifier
Identifies the source and type of ETWS notification.
serialNumber
Identifies variations of an ETWS notification.
warningMessageSegment
Carries a segment of the Warning Message Contents IE.
warningMessageSegmentNumber
Segment number of the ETWS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, A segment number of one corresponds to the second segment, and so on.
warningMessageSegmentType
Indicates whether the included ETWS warning message segment is the last segment or not.


Conditional Presence
Explanation
Segment1
The field is mandatory present in the first segment of SIB7, otherwise it is absent.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SIB8-START
SIB8 ::=                        SEQUENCE { 
    
messageIdentifierIdentifies the source and type of CMAS notification.
               BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
serialNumberIdentifies variations of a CMAS notification.
                    BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
warningMessageSegmentTypeIndicates whether the included CMAS warning message segment is the last segment or not. If warning area coordinates are provided for the warning message, then this field applies to both warning message segment and warning area coordinates segment.
       ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment}, 
    
warningMessageSegmentNumberSegment number of the CMAS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, one corresponds to the second segment, and so on. If warning area coordinates are provided for the warning message, then this field applies to both warning message segment and warning area coordinates segment.
     INTEGER (0..63), 
    
warningMessageSegmentCarries a segment, with one or more octets, of the Warning Message Contents IE defined in TS 38.413 [42]. The first octet of the Warning Message Contents IE is equivalent to the first octet of the CB data IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [29], clause 9.4.2.2.5, and so on.
           OCTET STRING,
    
dataCodingSchemeIdentifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of a CMAS notification.
                OCTET STRING (SIZE (1))                         OPTIONAL,   -- Cond Segment1
    
warningAreaCoordinatesSegmentIf present, carries a segment, with one or more octets, of the geographical area where the CMAS warning message is valid as defined in [28]. The first octet of the first warningAreaCoordinatesSegment is equivalent to the first octet of Warning Area Coordinates IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [29] and so on.
   OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    lateNonCriticalExtension        OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-SIB8-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

SIB8 field descriptions
dataCodingScheme
Identifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of a CMAS notification.
messageIdentifier
Identifies the source and type of CMAS notification.
serialNumber
Identifies variations of a CMAS notification.
warningAreaCoordinatesSegment
If present, carries a segment, with one or more octets, of the geographical area where the CMAS warning message is valid as defined in [28]. The first octet of the first warningAreaCoordinatesSegment is equivalent to the first octet of Warning Area Coordinates IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [29] and so on.
warningMessageSegment
Carries a segment, with one or more octets, of the Warning Message Contents IE defined in TS 38.413 [42]. The first octet of the Warning Message Contents IE is equivalent to the first octet of the CB data IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [29], clause 9.4.2.2.5, and so on.
warningMessageSegmentNumber
Segment number of the CMAS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, one corresponds to the second segment, and so on. If warning area coordinates are provided for the warning message, then this field applies to both warning message segment and warning area coordinates segment.
warningMessageSegmentType
Indicates whether the included CMAS warning message segment is the last segment or not. If warning area coordinates are provided for the warning message, then this field applies to both warning message segment and warning area coordinates segment.


Conditional Presence
Explanation
Segment1
The field is mandatory present in the first segment of SIB8, otherwise it is absent.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SIB9-START
SIB9 ::=                            SEQUENCE { 
    timeInfo                            SEQUENCE { 
        timeInfoUTC                         INTEGER (0..549755813887), 
        dayLightSavingTime                  BIT STRING (SIZE (2))                   OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        leapSeconds                         INTEGER (-127..128)                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        localTimeOffset                     INTEGER (-63..64)                       OPTIONAL  -- Need R
    }                                                                               OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
     [[ 
    referenceTimeInfo-r16           ReferenceTimeInfo-r16                           OPTIONAL  -- Need R
    ]] 
} 
 -- TAG-SIB9-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SIB10-START
SIB10-r16 ::=               SEQUENCE { 
    hrnn-List-r16               HRNN-List-r16                                   OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    lateNonCriticalExtension    OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
HRNN-List-r16 ::=           SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNPN-r16)) OF HRNN-r16 
HRNN-r16 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    hrnn-r16                    OCTET STRING (SIZE(1.. maxHRNN-Len-r16))        OPTIONAL  -- Need R
} 
 -- TAG-SIB10-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

SIB9 field descriptions
dayLightSavingTime
Indicates if and how daylight-saving time (DST) is applied to obtain the local time.The semantics are the same as the semantics of the Daylight Saving Time IE in TS 24.501 [23] and TS 24.008 [38]. The first/leftmost bit of the bit string contains the b2 of octet 3 and the second bit of the bit string contains b1 of octet 3 in the value part of theDaylight Saving Time IE in TS 24.008 [38].
leapSeconds
Number of leap seconds offset between GPS Time and UTC. UTC and GPS time are related i.e. GPS time -leapSeconds = UTC time.
localTimeOffset
Offset between UTC and local time in units of 15 minutes. Actual value = field value * 15 minutes. Local time of the day is calculated as UTC time + localTimeOffset.
timeInfoUTC
Coordinated Universal Time corresponding to the SFN boundary at or immediately after the ending boundary of the SI-window in which SIB9 is transmitted. The field counts the number of UTC seconds in 10 ms units since 00:00:00 on Gregorian calendar date 1 January, 1900 (midnight between Sunday, December 31, 1899 and Monday, January 1, 1900). See NOTE 1. This field is excluded when determining changes in system information, i.e. changes of timeInfoUTC should neither result in system information change notifications nor in a modification of valueTag in SIB1.


SIB10 field descriptions
HRNN-List
The same amount of HRNN (see TS 23.003 [21]) elements as the number of NPNs in SIB 1 are included. The n-th entry of HRNN-List contains the human readable network name of the n-th NPN of SIB1. The hrnn in the corresponding entry in HRNN-List is absent if there is no HRNN associated with the given NPN.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SIB11-START
SIB11-r16 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
measIdleConfigSIB-r16Indicates measurement configuration to be stored and used by the UE while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
            MeasIdleConfigSIB-r16                       OPTIONAL, -- Need S
    lateNonCriticalExtension         OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-SIB11-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

SIB11 field descriptions
measIdleConfigSIB
Indicates measurement configuration to be stored and used by the UE while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SIB12-START
SIB12-r16 ::=                 SEQUENCE { 
    segmentNumber-r16             INTEGER (0..63), 
    segmentType-r16               ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment}, 
    segmentContainer-r16          OCTET STRING 
} 
SIB12-IEs-r16 ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    sl-ConfigCommonNR-r16         SL-ConfigCommonNR-r16, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension      OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
SL-ConfigCommonNR-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    sl-FreqInfoList-r16                  SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofFreqSL-r16)) OF SL-FreqConfigCommon-r16      OPTIONAL,    -- Need R
    sl-UE-SelectedConfig-r16             SL-UE-SelectedConfig-r16                                               OPTIONAL,    -- Need R
    sl-NR-AnchorCarrierFreqList-r16      SL-NR-AnchorCarrierFreqList-r16                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need R
    sl-EUTRA-AnchorCarrierFreqList-r16   SL-EUTRA-AnchorCarrierFreqList-r16                                     OPTIONAL,    -- Need R
    sl-RadioBearerConfigList-r16         SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSLRB-r16)) OF SL-RadioBearerConfig-r16       OPTIONAL,    -- Need R
    sl-RLC-BearerConfigList-r16          SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-LCID-r16)) OF SL-RLC-BearerConfig-r16         OPTIONAL,    -- Need R
    sl-MeasConfigCommon-r16              SL-MeasConfigCommon-r16                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need R
    sl-CSI-Acquisition-r16               ENUMERATED {enabled}                                                   OPTIONAL,    -- Need R
    sl-OffsetDFN-r16                     INTEGER (1..1000)                                                      OPTIONAL,    -- Need R
    t400-r16                             ENUMERATED {ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms600, ms1000, ms1500, ms2000} OPTIONAL,    -- Need R
    sl-MaxNumConsecutiveDTX-r16          ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4, n6, n8, n16, n32}                          OPTIONAL,    -- Need R
    sl-SSB-PriorityNR-r16                INTEGER (1..8)                                                         OPTIONAL  -- Need R
} 
SL-NR-AnchorCarrierFreqList-r16 ::=  SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqSL-NR-r16)) OF ARFCN-ValueNR 
SL-EUTRA-AnchorCarrierFreqList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqSL-EUTRA-r16)) OF ARFCN-ValueEUTRA 
 -- TAG-SIB12-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SIB13-START
SIB13-r16 ::=                       SEQUENCE { 
    sl-V2X-ConfigCommon-r16             OCTET STRING,
 dummy  OCTET STRING,
    tdd-Config-r16                      OCTET STRING,
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-SIB13-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SIB14-START
SIB14-r16 ::=                      SEQUENCE { 
    
sl-V2X-ConfigCommonExt-r16This field includes the E-UTRA SystemInformationBlockType26 message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
         OCTET STRING,
    lateNonCriticalExtension           OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-SIB14-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

SIB12field descriptions
segmentContainer
This field includes a segment of the encoded SIB12-IEs. The size of the included segment in this container should be small enough that the SIB message size is less than or equal to the maximum size of a NR SI, i.e. 2976 bits when SIB12 is broadcast.
segmentNumber
This field identifies the sequence number of a segment of SIB12-IEs. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, A segment number of one corresponds to the second segment, and so on.
segmentType
This field indicates whether the included segment is the last segment or not.
sl-CSI-Acquisition
This field indicates whether CSI reporting is enabled in sidelink unicast. If not set, SL CSI reporting is disabled.
sl-EUTRA-AnchorCarrierFreqList
This field indicates the EUTRA anchor carrier frequency list, which can provide the NR sidelink communication configurations.
sl-FreqInfoList
This field indicates the NR sidelink communication configuration on some carrier frequency (ies). In this release, only one entry can be configured in the list.
sl-MaxNumConsecutiveDTX
This field indicates the maximum number of consecutive HARQ DTX before triggering sidelink RLF. Value n1 corresponds to 1, value n2 corresponds to 2, and so on.
sl-MeasConfigCommon
This field indicates the measurement configurations (e.g. RSRP) for NR sidelink communication.
sl-NR-AnchorCarrierFreqList
This field indicates the NR anchor carrier frequency list, which can provide the NR sidelink communication configurations.
sl-OffsetDFN
Indicates the timing offset for the UE to determine DFN timing when GNSS is used for timing reference. Value 1 corresponds to 0.001 milliseconds, value 2 corresponds to 0.002 milliseconds, and so on.
sl-RadioBearerConfigList
This field indicates one or multiple sidelink radio bearer configurations.
sl-RLC-BearerConfigList
This field indicates one or multiple sidelink RLC bearer configurations.
sl-SSB-PriorityNR
This field indicates the priority of NR sidelink SSB transmission and reception.
t400
Indicates the value for timer T400 as described in clause 7.1. Value ms100 corresponds to 100 ms, value ms200 corresponds to 200 ms and so on.


SIB13field descriptions
dummy
This field is not used in the specification and the UE ignores the received value.
sl-V2X-ConfigCommon
This field includes the E-UTRA SystemInformationBlockType21 message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
tdd-Config
This field includes the tdd-Config in E-UTRA SystemInformationBlockType1 message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].


SIB14field descriptions
sl-V2X-ConfigCommonExt
This field includes the E-UTRA SystemInformationBlockType26 message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-POSSYSTEMINFORMATION-R16-IES-START
PosSystemInformation-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    posSIB-TypeAndInfo-r16           SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF CHOICE { 
        posSib1-1-r16                    SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib1-2-r16                    SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib1-3-r16                    SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib1-4-r16                    SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib1-5-r16                    SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib1-6-r16                    SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib1-7-r16                    SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib1-8-r16                    SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib2-1-r16                    SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib2-2-r16                    SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib2-3-r16                    SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib2-4-r16                    SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib2-5-r16                    SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib2-6-r16                    SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib2-7-r16                    SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib2-8-r16                    SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib2-9-r16                    SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib2-10-r16                   SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib2-11-r16                   SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib2-12-r16                   SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib2-13-r16                   SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib2-14-r16                   SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib2-15-r16                   SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib2-16-r16                   SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib2-17-r16                   SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib2-18-r16                   SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib2-19-r16                   SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib2-20-r16                   SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib2-21-r16                   SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib2-22-r16                   SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib2-23-r16                   SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib3-1-r16                    SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib4-1-r16                    SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib5-1-r16                    SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib6-1-r16                    SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib6-2-r16                    SIBpos-r16, 
        posSib6-3-r16                    SIBpos-r16, 
        ... 
    }, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension             OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                 SEQUENCE {}                         OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-POSSYSTEMINFORMATION-R16-IES-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-POSSI-SCHEDULINGINFO-START
PosSI-SchedulingInfo-r16 ::=               SEQUENCE { 
    posSchedulingInfoList-r16                  SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message)) OF PosSchedulingInfo-r16, 
    posSI-RequestConfig-r16                        SI-RequestConfig                                 OPTIONAL,  -- Cond MSG-1
    posSI-RequestConfigSUL-r16                     SI-RequestConfig                                 OPTIONAL,  -- Cond SUL-MSG-1
 ... 
} 
PosSchedulingInfo-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
 offsetToSI-Used-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
    posSI-Periodicity-r16        ENUMERATED {rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512}, 
    posSI-BroadcastStatus-r16    ENUMERATED {broadcasting, notBroadcasting}, 
    posSIB-MappingInfo-r16       PosSIB-MappingInfo-r16, 
    ... 
} 
PosSIB-MappingInfo-r16 ::=   SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF PosSIB-Type-r16 
PosSIB-Type-r16 ::=          SEQUENCE { 
    encrypted-r16                ENUMERATED { true }                                            OPTIONAL,  -- Need R
    gnss-id-r16                  GNSS-ID-r16                                                    OPTIONAL,  -- Need R
    sbas-id-r16                  SBAS-ID-r16                                                    OPTIONAL,  -- Cond GNSS-ID-SBAS
    posSibType-r16               ENUMERATED { posSibType1-1, posSibType1-2, posSibType1-3, posSibType1-4, posSibType1-5, posSibType1-6, 
                                              posSibType1-7, posSibType1-8, posSibType2-1, posSibType2-2, posSibType2-3, posSibType2-4, 
                                              posSibType2-5, posSibType2-6, posSibType2-7, posSibType2-8, posSibType2-9, posSibType2-10, 
                                              posSibType2-11, posSibType2-12, posSibType2-13, posSibType2-14, posSibType2-15, 
                                              posSibType2-16, posSibType2-17, posSibType2-18, posSibType2-19, posSibType2-20, 
                                              posSibType2-21, posSibType2-22, posSibType2-23, posSibType3-1, posSibType4-1, 
                                              posSibType5-1,posSibType6-1, posSibType6-2, posSibType6-3,... }, 
    areaScope-r16                ENUMERATED {true}                                              OPTIONAL  -- Need S
} 
GNSS-ID-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    gnss-id-r16              ENUMERATED{gps, sbas, qzss, galileo, glonass, bds, ...}, 
    ... 
} 
SBAS-ID-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    sbas-id-r16              ENUMERATED { waas, egnos, msas, gagan, ...}, 
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-POSSI-SCHEDULINGINFO-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SIPOS-START
SIBpos-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
assistanceDataSIB-Element-r16Parameter AssistanceDataSIBelement defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
        OCTET STRING,
    lateNonCriticalExtension             OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-SIPOS-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

PosSI-SchedulingInfo field descriptions
areaScope
Indicates that a posSIB is area specific. If the field is absent, the posSIB is cell specific.
encrypted
The presence of this field indicates that the pos-sib-type is encrypted as specified in TS 37.355 [49].
gnss-id
The presence of this field indicates that the positioning SIB type is for a specific GNSS. Indicates a specific GNSS (see also TS 37.355 [49])
posSI-BroadcastStatus
Indicates if the SI message is being broadcasted or not.Change of posSI-BroadcastStatus should not result in system information change notifications in Short Message transmitted with P-RNTI over DCI (see clause 6.5). The value of the indication is valid until the end of the BCCH modification period when set to broadcasting.
posSI-RequestConfig
Configuration of Msg1 resources that the UE uses for requesting SI-messages for which posSI-BroadcastStatus is set to notBroadcasting.
posSI-RequestConfigSUL
Configuration of Msg1 resources that the UE uses for requesting SI-messages for which posSI-BroadcastStatus is set to notBroadcasting.
posSIB-MappingInfo
List of the posSIBs mapped to this SystemInformation message.
posSibType
The positioning SIB type is defined in TS 37.355 [49].
posSI-Periodicity
Periodicity of the SI-message in radio frames, such that rf8 denotes 8 radio frames, rf16 denotes 16 radio frames, and so on. If the offsetToSI-Used is configured, the posSI-Periodicity of rf8 cannot be used.
offsetToSI-Used
This field, if present indicates that all the SI messages in posSchedulingInfoList are scheduled with an offset of 8 radio frames compared to SI messages in schedulingInfoList. offsetToSI-Used may be present only if the shortest configured SI message periodicity for SI messages in schedulingInfoList is 80ms. If SI offset is used, this field is present in each of the SI messages in the posSchedulingInfoList.
sbas-id
The presence of this field indicates that the positioning SIB type is for a specific SBAS. Indicates a specific SBAS (see also TS 37.355 [49]).


Conditional presence
Explanation
GNSS-ID-SBAS
The field is mandatory present if gnss-id is set to sbas. It is absent otherwise.
MSG-1
The field is optionally present, Need R, if posSI-BroadcastStatus is set to notBroadcastingfor any SI-message included in posSchedulingInfoList. It is absent otherwise.
SUL-MSG-1
The field is optionally present, Need R, if supplementaryUplink is configured in ServingCellConfigCommonSIB and if posSI-BroadcastStatus is set to notBroadcasting for any SI-message included in posSchedulingInfoList. It is absent otherwise.



SIBpos field descriptions
assistanceDataSIB-Element
Parameter AssistanceDataSIBelement defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-ADDITIONALSPECTRUMEMISSION-START
AdditionalSpectrumEmission ::=              INTEGER (0..7) 
 -- TAG-ADDITIONALSPECTRUMEMISSION-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-ALPHA-START
Alpha ::=                       ENUMERATED {alpha0, alpha04, alpha05, alpha06, alpha07, alpha08, alpha09, alpha1} 
 -- TAG-ALPHA-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-AMF-IDENTIFIER-START
AMF-Identifier ::=                      BIT STRING (SIZE (24)) 
 -- TAG-AMF-IDENTIFIER-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-ARFCN-VALUEEUTRA-START
ARFCN-ValueEUTRA ::=                INTEGER (0..maxEARFCN) 
 -- TAG-ARFCN-VALUEEUTRA-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-ARFCN-VALUENR-START
ARFCN-ValueNR ::=               INTEGER (0..maxNARFCN) 
 -- TAG-ARFCN-VALUENR-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-ARFCN-ValueUTRA-FDD-START
ARFCN-ValueUTRA-FDD-r16 ::=                INTEGER (0..16383) 
 -- TAG-ARFCN-ValueUTRA-FDD-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-AVAILABILITYCOMBINATIONSPERCELL-START
AvailabilityCombinationsPerCell-r16 ::=     SEQUENCE { 
    availabilityCombinationsPerCellIndex-r16     AvailabilityCombinationsPerCellIndex-r16, 
    
iab-DU-CellIdentity-r16The ID of the IAB-DU cell for which the availabilityCombinations are applicable.
                      CellIdentity, 
    
positionInDCI-AI-r16The (starting) position (bit) of the availabilityCombinationId for the indicated IAB-DU cell (iab-DU-CellIdentity) within the DCI payload.
                         INTEGER(0..maxAI-DCI-PayloadSize-1-r16)                             OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    availabilityCombinations-r16                 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofAvailabilityCombinationsPerSet-r16)) OF AvailabilityCombination-r16, 
    ... 
} 
AvailabilityCombinationsPerCellIndex-r16 ::= INTEGER(0..maxNrofDUCells-r16)
AvailabilityCombination-r16 ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    
availabilityCombinationId-r16This ID is used in the DCI Format 2_5 payload to dynamically select this AvailabilityCombination, see TS 38.213 [13], clause 14.
           AvailabilityCombinationId-r16, 
    
resourceAvailability-r16Indicates the resource availability of soft symbols for a set of consecutive slots in the time domain. The meaning of this fieldis described in TS 38.213 [13], Table 14.3.
                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofResourceAvailabilityPerCombination-r16)) OF INTEGER (0..7) 
} 
AvailabilityCombinationId-r16 ::=       INTEGER (0..maxNrofAvailabilityCombinationsPerSet-1-r16) 
 -- TAG-AVAILABILITYCOMBINATIONSPERCELL-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

AvailabilityCombination field descriptions
resourceAvailability
Indicates the resource availability of soft symbols for a set of consecutive slots in the time domain. The meaning of this fieldis described in TS 38.213 [13], Table 14.3.
availabilityCombinationId
This ID is used in the DCI Format 2_5 payload to dynamically select this AvailabilityCombination, see TS 38.213 [13], clause 14.


AvailabilityCombinationsPerCell field descriptions
iab-DU-CellIdentity
The ID of the IAB-DU cell for which the availabilityCombinations are applicable.
positionInDCI-AI
The (starting) position (bit) of the availabilityCombinationId for the indicated IAB-DU cell (iab-DU-CellIdentity) within the DCI payload.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-AVAILABILITYINDICATOR-START
AvailabilityIndicator-r16 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
ai-RNTI-r16Used by an IAB-MT for detection of DCI format 2_5 indicating AvailabilityCombinationId for an IAB-DU's cells.
                      AI-RNTI-r16, 
    
dci-PayloadSizeAI-r16Total length of the DCI payload scrambled with ai-RNTI (see TS 38.213 [13]).
            INTEGER (1..maxAI-DCI-PayloadSize-r16), 
    
availableCombToAddModList-r16A list of availabilityCombinations to add for the IAB-DU's cells. (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 14).
    SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofDUCells-r16)) OF AvailabilityCombinationsPerCell-r16          OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    
availableCombToReleaseList-r16A list of availabilityCombinations to release for the IAB-DU's cells. (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 14).
   SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofDUCells-r16)) OF AvailabilityCombinationsPerCellIndex-r16     OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    ... 
} 
AI-RNTI-r16 ::=                      RNTI-Value 
 -- TAG-AVAILABILITYINDICATOR-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

AvailabilityIndicator field descriptions
ai-RNTI
Used by an IAB-MT for detection of DCI format 2_5 indicating AvailabilityCombinationId for an IAB-DU's cells.
availableCombToAddModList
A list of availabilityCombinations to add for the IAB-DU's cells. (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 14).
availableCombToReleaseList
A list of availabilityCombinations to release for the IAB-DU's cells. (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 14).
dci-PayloadSizeAI
Total length of the DCI payload scrambled with ai-RNTI (see TS 38.213 [13]).

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BAPROUTINGID-START
BAP-RoutingID-r16::=        SEQUENCE{ 
    
bap-Address-r16The ID of a destination IAB-node or IAB-donor-DU used in the BAP header.
              BIT STRING (SIZE (10)), 
    
bap-PathId-r16The ID of a path used in the BAP header.
               BIT STRING (SIZE (10)) 
} 
 -- TAG-BAPROUTINGID-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

BAP-RoutingID field descriptions
bap-Address
The ID of a destination IAB-node or IAB-donor-DU used in the BAP header.
bap-PathId
The ID of a path used in the BAP header.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BEAMFAILURERECOVERYCONFIG-START
BeamFailureRecoveryConfig ::=       SEQUENCE { 
    
rootSequenceIndex-BFRPRACH root sequence index (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.3.3.1) for beam failure recovery.
               INTEGER (0..137)                                                          OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
rach-ConfigBFRConfiguration of random access parameters for BFR.
                      RACH-ConfigGeneric                                                        OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
rsrp-ThresholdSSBL1-RSRP threshold used for determining whether a candidate beam may be used by the UE to attempt contention free random access to recover from beam failure (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 6).
                   RSRP-Range                                                                OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    candidateBeamRSList                 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofCandidateBeams)) OF PRACH-ResourceDedicatedBFR   OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
ssb-perRACH-OccasionNumber of SSBs per RACH occasion for CF-BFR, see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.1.
                ENUMERATED {oneEighth, oneFourth, oneHalf, one, two, 
                                                       four, eight, sixteen}                                      OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
ra-ssb-OccasionMaskIndexExplicitly signalled PRACH Mask Index for RA Resource selection in TS 38.321 [3]. The mask is valid for all SSB resources.
            INTEGER (0..15)                                                           OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
recoverySearchSpaceIdSearch space to use for BFR RAR. The network configures this search space to be within the linked DL BWP (i.e., within the DL BWP with the same bwp-Id) of the UL BWP in which the BeamFailureRecoveryConfig is provided. The CORESET associated with the recovery search space cannot be associated with another search space. Network always configures the UE with a value for this field when contention free random access resources for BFR are configured.
               SearchSpaceId                                                             OPTIONAL, -- Need R
    ra-Prioritization                   RA-Prioritization                                                         OPTIONAL, -- Need R
    
beamFailureRecoveryTimerTimer for beam failure recovery timer. Upon expiration of the timer the UE does not use CFRA for BFR. Value in ms. Value ms10 corresponds to 10 ms, value ms20 corresponds to 20 ms, and so on.
            ENUMERATED {ms10, ms20, ms40, ms60, ms80, ms100, ms150, ms200}            OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    ..., 
    [[ 
    
msg1-SubcarrierSpacingSubcarrier spacing for contention free beam failure recovery. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), and 60 kHz or 120 kHz (FR2) are applicable. See TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3.2.
              SubcarrierSpacing                                                         OPTIONAL  -- Need M
    ]], 
    [[ 
    
ra-PrioritizationTwoStep-r16Parameters which apply for prioritized 2-step random access procedure for BFR (see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.1.1).
        RA-Prioritization                                                         OPTIONAL, -- Need R
    candidateBeamRSListExt-v1610        SetupRelease{ CandidateBeamRSListExt-r16 }                                OPTIONAL  -- Need M
    ]], 
    [[ 
    
spCell-BFR-CBRA-r16Indicates that UE is configured to send BFR MAC CE for SpCell BFR as specified in TS38.321 [3].
                 ENUMERATED {true}                                                         OPTIONAL  -- Need R
    ]] 
} 
PRACH-ResourceDedicatedBFR ::=      CHOICE { 
    
ssbThe ID of an SSB transmitted by this serving cell. It determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR).
                                 BFR-SSB-Resource, 
    
csi-RSThe ID of a NZP-CSI-RS-Resource configured in the CSI-MeasConfig of this serving cell. This reference signal determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR).
                              BFR-CSIRS-Resource 
} 
BFR-SSB-Resource ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
ssbThe ID of an SSB transmitted by this serving cell. It determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR).
                                 SSB-Index, 
    
ra-PreambleIndexThe preamble index that the UE shall use when performing BFR upon selecting the candidate beams identified by this SSB.
                    INTEGER (0..63), 
    ... 
} 
BFR-CSIRS-Resource ::=              SEQUENCE { 
    
csi-RSThe ID of a NZP-CSI-RS-Resource configured in the CSI-MeasConfig of this serving cell. This reference signal determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR).
                              NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId, 
    
ra-OccasionListRA occasions that the UE shall use when performing BFR upon selecting the candidate beam identified by this CSI-RS.The network ensures that the RA occasion indexes provided herein are also configured by prach-ConfigurationIndex and msg1-FDM. Each RACH occasion is sequentially numbered, first, in increasing order of frequency resource indexes for frequency multiplexed PRACH occasions; second, in increasing order of time resource indexes for time multiplexed PRACH occasions within a PRACH slot and Third, in increasing order of indexes for PRACH slots.
If the field is absent the UE uses the RA occasion associated with the SSB that is QCLed with this CSI-RS.
                     SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxRA-OccasionsPerCSIRS)) OF INTEGER (0..maxRA-Occasions-1)   OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
ra-PreambleIndexThe preamble index that the UE shall use when performing BFR upon selecting the candidate beams identified by this SSB.
                    INTEGER (0..63)                                                                 OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    ... 
} 
CandidateBeamRSListExt-r16::=       SEQUENCE (SIZE(1.. maxNrofCandidateBeamsExt-r16)) OF PRACH-ResourceDedicatedBFR 
 -- TAG-BEAMFAILURERECOVERYCONFIG-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

BeamFailureRecoveryConfig field descriptions
beamFailureRecoveryTimer
Timer for beam failure recovery timer. Upon expiration of the timer the UE does not use CFRA for BFR. Value in ms. Value ms10 corresponds to 10 ms, value ms20 corresponds to 20 ms, and so on.
candidateBeamRSList, candidateBeamRSListExt-v1610
Set of reference signals (CSI-RS and/or SSB) identifying the candidate beams for recovery and the associated RA parameters. This set includes all elements of candidateBeamRSList (without suffix) and all elements of candidateBeamRSListExt-v1610.The UE maintains candidateBeamRSList and candidateBeamRSListExt-v1610 separately: Receiving candidateBeamRSListExt-v1610 set to release releases only the entries that were configured by candidateBeamRSListExt-v1610, and receiving candidateBeamRSListExt-v1610 set to setup replaces only the entries that were configured by candidateBeamRSListExt-v1610 with the newly signalled entries. The network configures these reference signals to be within the linked DL BWP (i.e., within the DL BWP with the same bwp-Id) of the UL BWP in which the BeamFailureRecoveryConfig is provided. 
msg1-SubcarrierSpacing
Subcarrier spacing for contention free beam failure recovery. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), and 60 kHz or 120 kHz (FR2) are applicable. See TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3.2.
rsrp-ThresholdSSB
L1-RSRP threshold used for determining whether a candidate beam may be used by the UE to attempt contention free random access to recover from beam failure (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 6).
ra-prioritization
Parameters which apply for prioritized random access procedure for BFR (see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.1.1).
ra-PrioritizationTwoStep
Parameters which apply for prioritized 2-step random access procedure for BFR (see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.1.1).
ra-ssb-OccasionMaskIndex
Explicitly signalled PRACH Mask Index for RA Resource selection in TS 38.321 [3]. The mask is valid for all SSB resources.
rach-ConfigBFR
Configuration of random access parameters for BFR.
recoverySearchSpaceId
Search space to use for BFR RAR. The network configures this search space to be within the linked DL BWP (i.e., within the DL BWP with the same bwp-Id) of the UL BWP in which the BeamFailureRecoveryConfig is provided. The CORESET associated with the recovery search space cannot be associated with another search space. Network always configures the UE with a value for this field when contention free random access resources for BFR are configured.
rootSequenceIndex-BFR
PRACH root sequence index (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.3.3.1) for beam failure recovery.
spCell-BFR-CBRA
Indicates that UE is configured to send BFR MAC CE for SpCell BFR as specified in TS38.321 [3].
ssb-perRACH-Occasion
Number of SSBs per RACH occasion for CF-BFR, see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.1.


BFR-CSIRS-Resource field descriptions
csi-RS
The ID of a NZP-CSI-RS-Resource configured in the CSI-MeasConfig of this serving cell. This reference signal determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR).
ra-OccasionList
RA occasions that the UE shall use when performing BFR upon selecting the candidate beam identified by this CSI-RS.The network ensures that the RA occasion indexes provided herein are also configured by prach-ConfigurationIndex and msg1-FDM. Each RACH occasion is sequentially numbered, first, in increasing order of frequency resource indexes for frequency multiplexed PRACH occasions; second, in increasing order of time resource indexes for time multiplexed PRACH occasions within a PRACH slot and Third, in increasing order of indexes for PRACH slots.
If the field is absent the UE uses the RA occasion associated with the SSB that is QCLed with this CSI-RS.
ra-PreambleIndex
The RA preamble index to use in the RA occasions associated with this CSI-RS. If the field is absent, the UE uses the preamble index associated with the SSB that is QCLed with this CSI-RS.


BFR-SSB-Resource field descriptions
ra-PreambleIndex
The preamble index that the UE shall use when performing BFR upon selecting the candidate beams identified by this SSB.
ssb
The ID of an SSB transmitted by this serving cell. It determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR).

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BEAMFAILURERECOVERYSCELLCONFIG-START
BeamFailureRecoverySCellConfig-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
rsrp-ThresholdBFR-r16L1-RSRP threshold used for determining whether a candidate beam may be included by the UE in BFR MAC CE (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 6).The network always configures this parameter in every instance of this IE.
                  RSRP-Range                                                               OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
candidateBeamRSSCellList-r16A list of reference signals (CSI-RS and/or SSB) identifying the candidate beams for recovery. The network always configures this parameter in every instance of this IE.
           SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofCandidateBeams-r16)) OF CandidateBeamRS-r16     OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    ... 
} 
CandidateBeamRS-r16 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
candidateBeamConfig-r16Indicates the resource (i.e. SSB or CSI-RS) defining this beam resource.
                CHOICE { 
        ssb-r16                                SSB-Index, 
        csi-RS-r16                             NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId 
    }, 
    
servingCellIdIf the field is absent, the RS belongs to the serving cell in which this BeamFailureSCellRecoveryConfig is configured
                          ServCellIndex                                                            OPTIONAL  -- Need R
} 
 -- TAG-BEAMFAILURERECOVERYSCELLCONFIG-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

BeamFailureRecoverySCellConfig field descriptions
candidateBeamConfig
Indicates the resource (i.e. SSB or CSI-RS) defining this beam resource.
candidateBeamRSSCellList
A list of reference signals (CSI-RS and/or SSB) identifying the candidate beams for recovery. The network always configures this parameter in every instance of this IE.
rsrp-ThresholdBFR
L1-RSRP threshold used for determining whether a candidate beam may be included by the UE in BFR MAC CE (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 6).The network always configures this parameter in every instance of this IE.
servingCellId
If the field is absent, the RS belongs to the serving cell in which this BeamFailureSCellRecoveryConfig is configured

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BETAOFFSETS-START
BetaOffsets ::=                     SEQUENCE { 
    
betaOffsetACK-Index1Up to 2 bits HARQ-ACK (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11.
                INTEGER(0..31)                                                         OPTIONAL, -- Need S
    
betaOffsetACK-Index2Up to 11 bits HARQ-ACK (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11.
                INTEGER(0..31)                                                         OPTIONAL, -- Need S
    
betaOffsetACK-Index3Above 11 bits HARQ-ACK (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11.
                INTEGER(0..31)                                                         OPTIONAL, -- Need S
    
betaOffsetCSI-Part1-Index1Up to 11 bits of CSI part 1 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
          INTEGER(0..31)                                                         OPTIONAL, -- Need S
    
betaOffsetCSI-Part1-Index2Above 11 bits of CSI part 1 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
          INTEGER(0..31)                                                         OPTIONAL, -- Need S
    
betaOffsetCSI-Part2-Index1Up to 11 bits of CSI part 2 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
          INTEGER(0..31)                                                         OPTIONAL, -- Need S
    
betaOffsetCSI-Part2-Index2Above 11 bits of CSI part 2 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
          INTEGER(0..31)                                                         OPTIONAL  -- Need S
} 
 -- TAG-BETAOFFSETS-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

BetaOffsets field descriptions
betaOffsetACK-Index1
Up to 2 bits HARQ-ACK (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11.
betaOffsetACK-Index2
Up to 11 bits HARQ-ACK (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11.
betaOffsetACK-Index3
Above 11 bits HARQ-ACK (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11.
betaOffsetCSI-Part1-Index1
Up to 11 bits of CSI part 1 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
betaOffsetCSI-Part1-Index2
Above 11 bits of CSI part 1 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
betaOffsetCSI-Part2-Index1
Up to 11 bits of CSI part 2 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
betaOffsetCSI-Part2-Index2
Above 11 bits of CSI part 2 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BHLOGICALCHANNELIDENTITY-START
BH-LogicalChannelIdentity-r16 ::=    CHOICE { 
    bh-LogicalChannelIdentity-r16        LogicalChannelIdentity, 
    bh-LogicalChannelIdentityExt-r16     BH-LogicalChannelIdentity-Ext-r16 
} 
 -- TAG-BHLOGICALCHANNELIDENTITY-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BHLOGICALCHANNELIDENTITYEXT-START
BH-LogicalChannelIdentity-Ext-r16 ::=   INTEGER (320.. maxLC-ID-Iab-r16) 
 -- TAG-BHLOGICALCHANNELIDENTITYEXT-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

BH-LogicalChannelIdentityfield descriptions
bh-LogicalChannelIdentity
ID used for the MAC logical channel.
bh-LogicalChannelIdentityExt
ID used for the MAC logical channel.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BHRLCCHANNELCONFIG-START
BH-RLC-ChannelConfig-r16::=      SEQUENCE { 
    bh-LogicalChannelIdentity-r16    BH-LogicalChannelIdentity-r16     OPTIONAL,   -- Cond LCH-SetupOnly
    bh-RLC-ChannelID-r16             BH-RLC-ChannelID-r16, 
    reestablishRLC-r16               ENUMERATED {true}                 OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    rlc-Config-r16                   RLC-Config                        OPTIONAL,   -- Cond LCH-Setup
    mac-LogicalChannelConfig-r16     LogicalChannelConfig              OPTIONAL,   -- Cond LCH-Setup
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-BHRLCCHANNELCONFIG-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BHRLCCHANNELID-START
BH-RLC-ChannelID-r16 ::=    BIT STRING (SIZE (16)) 
 -- TAG-BHRLCCHANNELID-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

BH-RLC-ChannelConfigfield descriptions
bh-LogicalChannelIdentity
Indicates the logical channel id for BH RLC channel of the IAB-node.
bh-RLC-ChannelID
Indicates the BH RLC channel in the link between IAB-MT of the IAB-node and IAB-DU of the parent IAB-nodeor IAB-donor-DU.
reestablishRLC
Indicates that RLC should be re-established.
rlc-Config
Determines the RLC mode (UM, AM) and provides corresponding parameters.


Conditional Presence
Explanation
LCH-Setup
This field is mandatory present upon creation of a new logical channel for a BH RLC channel. It is optionally present, Need M, otherwise.
LCH-SetupOnly
This field is mandatory present upon creation of a new logical channel for aBH RLC channel. It is absent, Need M otherwise.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BSR-CONFIG-START
BSR-Config ::=                      SEQUENCE { 
    
periodicBSR-TimerValue in number of subframes. Value sf1 corresponds to 1 subframe, value sf5 corresponds to 5 subframes and so on.
                   ENUMERATED { sf1, sf5, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, 
                                                        sf80, sf128, sf160, sf320, sf640, sf1280, sf2560, infinity }, 
    
retxBSR-TimerValue in number of subframes. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 subframes, value sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes and so on.
                       ENUMERATED { sf10, sf20, sf40, sf80, sf160, sf320, sf640, sf1280, sf2560, 
                                                        sf5120, sf10240, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}, 
    
logicalChannelSR-DelayTimerValue in number of subframes. Value sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes, sf40 corresponds to 40 subframes, and so on.
         ENUMERATED { sf20, sf40, sf64, sf128, sf512, sf1024, sf2560, spare1}                OPTIONAL, -- Need R
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-BSR-CONFIG-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

BSR-Config field descriptions
logicalChannelSR-DelayTimer
Value in number of subframes. Value sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes, sf40 corresponds to 40 subframes, and so on.
periodicBSR-Timer
Value in number of subframes. Value sf1 corresponds to 1 subframe, value sf5 corresponds to 5 subframes and so on.
retxBSR-Timer
Value in number of subframes. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 subframes, value sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes and so on.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BWP-START
BWP ::=                             SEQUENCE { 
    
locationAndBandwidthFrequency domain location and bandwidth of this bandwidth part. The value of the field shall be interpreted as resource indicator value (RIV) as defined TS 38.214 [19] with assumptions as described in TS 38.213 [13], clause 12, i.e. setting =275. The first PRB is a PRB determined by subcarrierSpacing of this BWP and offsetToCarrier (configured in SCS-SpecificCarrier contained within FrequencyInfoDL / FrequencyInfoUL / FrequencyInfoUL-SIB / FrequencyInfoDL-SIB within ServingCellConfigCommon / ServingCellConfigCommonSIB) corresponding to this subcarrier spacing. In case of TDD, a BWP-pair (UL BWP and DL BWP with the same bwp-Id) must have the same center frequency (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 12)
                INTEGER (0..37949), 
    
subcarrierSpacingSubcarrier spacing to be used in this BWP for all channels and reference signals unless explicitly configured elsewhere. Corresponds to subcarrier spacing according to TS 38.211 [16], table 4.2-1. The value kHz15 corresponds to µ=0, value kHz30 corresponds to µ=1, and so on. Only the values 15 kHz, 30 kHz, or 60 kHz (FR1), and 60 kHz or 120 kHz (FR2) are applicable. For the initial DL BWP and operation in licensed spectrum this field has the same value as the field subCarrierSpacingCommon in MIB of the same serving cell. Except for SUL, the network ensures the same subcarrier spacing is used in active DL BWP and active UL BWP within a serving cell. For the initial DL BWP and operation with shared spectrum channel access, the value of this field corresponds to the subcarrier spacing of the SSB associated to the initial DL BWP.
                   SubcarrierSpacing, 
    
cyclicPrefixIndicates whether to use the extended cyclic prefix for this bandwidth part. If not set, the UE uses the normal cyclic prefix. Normal CP is supported for all subcarrier spacings and slot formats. Extended CP is supported only for 60 kHz subcarrier spacing. (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.2). Except for SUL, the network ensures the same cyclic prefix length is used in active DL BWP and active UL BWP within a serving cell.
                        ENUMERATED { extended }                                                 OPTIONAL  -- Need R
} 
 -- TAG-BWP-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

BWP field descriptions
cyclicPrefix
Indicates whether to use the extended cyclic prefix for this bandwidth part. If not set, the UE uses the normal cyclic prefix. Normal CP is supported for all subcarrier spacings and slot formats. Extended CP is supported only for 60 kHz subcarrier spacing. (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.2). Except for SUL, the network ensures the same cyclic prefix length is used in active DL BWP and active UL BWP within a serving cell.
locationAndBandwidth
Frequency domain location and bandwidth of this bandwidth part. The value of the field shall be interpreted as resource indicator value (RIV) as defined TS 38.214 [19] with assumptions as described in TS 38.213 [13], clause 12, i.e. setting =275. The first PRB is a PRB determined by subcarrierSpacing of this BWP and offsetToCarrier (configured in SCS-SpecificCarrier contained within FrequencyInfoDL / FrequencyInfoUL / FrequencyInfoUL-SIB / FrequencyInfoDL-SIB within ServingCellConfigCommon / ServingCellConfigCommonSIB) corresponding to this subcarrier spacing. In case of TDD, a BWP-pair (UL BWP and DL BWP with the same bwp-Id) must have the same center frequency (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 12)
subcarrierSpacing
Subcarrier spacing to be used in this BWP for all channels and reference signals unless explicitly configured elsewhere. Corresponds to subcarrier spacing according to TS 38.211 [16], table 4.2-1. The value kHz15 corresponds to µ=0, value kHz30 corresponds to µ=1, and so on. Only the values 15 kHz, 30 kHz, or 60 kHz (FR1), and 60 kHz or 120 kHz (FR2) are applicable. For the initial DL BWP and operation in licensed spectrum this field has the same value as the field subCarrierSpacingCommon in MIB of the same serving cell. Except for SUL, the network ensures the same subcarrier spacing is used in active DL BWP and active UL BWP within a serving cell. For the initial DL BWP and operation with shared spectrum channel access, the value of this field corresponds to the subcarrier spacing of the SSB associated to the initial DL BWP.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BWP-DOWNLINK-START
BWP-Downlink ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
bwp-IdAn identifier for this bandwidth part. Other parts of the RRC configuration use the BWP-Id to associate themselves with a particular bandwidth part.
The network configures the BWPs with consecutive IDs from 1. The Network does not include the value 0, since value 0 is reserved for the initial BWP.
                              BWP-Id, 
    bwp-Common                          BWP-DownlinkCommon                                         OPTIONAL,   -- Cond SetupOtherBWP
    bwp-Dedicated                       BWP-DownlinkDedicated                                      OPTIONAL,   -- Cond SetupOtherBWP
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-BWP-DOWNLINK-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

BWP-Downlink field descriptions
bwp-Id
An identifier for this bandwidth part. Other parts of the RRC configuration use the BWP-Id to associate themselves with a particular bandwidth part.
The network configures the BWPs with consecutive IDs from 1. The Network does not include the value 0, since value 0 is reserved for the initial BWP.


Conditional Presence
Explanation
SetupOtherBWP
The field is mandatory present upon configuration of a new DL BWP. The field is optionally present, Need M, otherwise. 

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BWP-DOWNLINKCOMMON-START
BWP-DownlinkCommon ::=              SEQUENCE { 
    genericParameters                   BWP,
    
pdcch-ConfigCommonCell specific parameters for the PDCCH of this BWP. This field is absent for a dormant BWP.
                  SetupRelease { PDCCH-ConfigCommon }                                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
pdsch-ConfigCommonCell specific parameters for the PDSCH of this BWP.
                  SetupRelease { PDSCH-ConfigCommon }                                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-BWP-DOWNLINKCOMMON-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

BWP-DownlinkCommon field descriptions
pdcch-ConfigCommon
Cell specific parameters for the PDCCH of this BWP. This field is absent for a dormant BWP.
pdsch-ConfigCommon
Cell specific parameters for the PDSCH of this BWP.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BWP-DOWNLINKDEDICATED-START
BWP-DownlinkDedicated ::=           SEQUENCE { 
    
pdcch-ConfigUE specific PDCCH configuration for one BWP.
                        SetupRelease { PDCCH-Config }                                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
pdsch-ConfigUE specific PDSCH configuration for one BWP.
                        SetupRelease { PDSCH-Config }                                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
sps-ConfigUE specific SPS (Semi-Persistent Scheduling) configuration for one BWP. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure sps-Config when there is an active configured downlink assignment (see TS 38.321 [3]). However, the NW may release the sps-Config at any time. Network can only configure SPS in one BWP using either this field or sps-ConfigToAddModList.
                          SetupRelease { SPS-Config }                                       OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
radioLinkMonitoringConfigUE specific configuration of radio link monitoring for detecting cell- and beam radio link failure occasions.The maximum number of failure detection resources should be limited up to 8 for both cell and beam radio link failure detection. For SCells, only periodic 1-port CSI-RS can be configured in IE RadioLinkMonitoringConfig.
           SetupRelease { RadioLinkMonitoringConfig }                        OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    ..., 
    [[ 
    
sps-ConfigToAddModList-r16Indicates a list of one or more DL SPS configurations to be added or modified in one BWP. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure a SPS configuration when it is active (see TS 38.321 [3]).
          SPS-ConfigToAddModList-r16                                        OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    
sps-ConfigToReleaseList-r16Indicates a list of one or more DL SPS configurations to be released. The NW may release a SPS configuration at any time.
         SPS-ConfigToReleaseList-r16                                       OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    
sps-ConfigDeactivationStateList-r16Indicates a list of the deactivation states in which each state can be mapped to a single or multiple SPS configurations to be deactivated, see clause 10.2 in TS 38.213 [13]. If a state is mapped to multiple SPS configurations, each of these SPS configurations is configured with the same harq-CodebookID.
 SPS-ConfigDeactivationStateList-r16                               OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
beamFailureRecoverySCellConfig-r16Configuration of candidate RS for beam failure recovery in SCells.
  SetupRelease {BeamFailureRecoverySCellConfig-r16}                 OPTIONAL,   -- Cond SCellOnly
    
sl-PDCCH-Config-r16Indicates the UE specific PDCCH configurations for receiving the SL grants (via SL-RNTI or SL-CS-RNTI) for NR sidelink communication.
                 SetupRelease { PDCCH-Config }                                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
sl-V2X-PDCCH-Config-r16Indicates the UE specific PDCCH configurations for receiving SL grants (i.e. sidelink SPS) for V2X sidelink communication. 
             SetupRelease { PDCCH-Config }                                     OPTIONAL  -- Need M
    ]] 
} 
SPS-ConfigToAddModList-r16 ::=          SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSPS-Config-r16)) OF SPS-Config 
SPS-ConfigToReleaseList-r16 ::=         SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSPS-Config-r16)) OF SPS-ConfigIndex-r16 
SPS-ConfigDeactivationState-r16 ::=     SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSPS-Config-r16)) OF SPS-ConfigIndex-r16 
SPS-ConfigDeactivationStateList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSPS-DeactivationState)) OF SPS-ConfigDeactivationState-r16 
 -- TAG-BWP-DOWNLINKDEDICATED-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

BWP-DownlinkDedicated field descriptions
beamFailureRecoverySCellConfig
Configuration of candidate RS for beam failure recovery in SCells.
pdcch-Config
UE specific PDCCH configuration for one BWP.
pdsch-Config
UE specific PDSCH configuration for one BWP.
sps-Config
UE specific SPS (Semi-Persistent Scheduling) configuration for one BWP. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure sps-Config when there is an active configured downlink assignment (see TS 38.321 [3]). However, the NW may release the sps-Config at any time. Network can only configure SPS in one BWP using either this field or sps-ConfigToAddModList.
sps-ConfigDeactivationStateList
Indicates a list of the deactivation states in which each state can be mapped to a single or multiple SPS configurations to be deactivated, see clause 10.2 in TS 38.213 [13]. If a state is mapped to multiple SPS configurations, each of these SPS configurations is configured with the same harq-CodebookID.
sps-ConfigToAddModList
Indicates a list of one or more DL SPS configurations to be added or modified in one BWP. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure a SPS configuration when it is active (see TS 38.321 [3]).
sps-ConfigToReleaseList
Indicates a list of one or more DL SPS configurations to be released. The NW may release a SPS configuration at any time.
radioLinkMonitoringConfig
UE specific configuration of radio link monitoring for detecting cell- and beam radio link failure occasions.The maximum number of failure detection resources should be limited up to 8 for both cell and beam radio link failure detection. For SCells, only periodic 1-port CSI-RS can be configured in IE RadioLinkMonitoringConfig.
sl-PDCCH-Config
Indicates the UE specific PDCCH configurations for receiving the SL grants (via SL-RNTI or SL-CS-RNTI) for NR sidelink communication.
sl-V2X-PDCCH-Config
Indicates the UE specific PDCCH configurations for receiving SL grants (i.e. sidelink SPS) for V2X sidelink communication. 


Conditional Presence
Explanation
ScellOnly
The field is optionally present, Need M, in the BWP-DownlinkDedicated of an Scell. It is absent otherwise.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BWP-ID-START
BWP-Id ::=                          INTEGER (0..maxNrofBWPs) 
 -- TAG-BWP-ID-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BWP-UPLINK-START
BWP-Uplink ::=                      SEQUENCE { 
    
bwp-IdAn identifier for this bandwidth part. Other parts of the RRC configuration use the BWP-Id to associate themselves with a particular bandwidth part.
The network configures the BWPs with consecutive IDs from 1. The Network does not include the value 0, since value 0 is reserved for the initial BWP.
                              BWP-Id, 
    bwp-Common                          BWP-UplinkCommon                                            OPTIONAL,   -- Cond SetupOtherBWP
    bwp-Dedicated                       BWP-UplinkDedicated                                         OPTIONAL,   -- Cond SetupOtherBWP
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-BWP-UPLINK-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

BWP-Uplink field descriptions
bwp-Id
An identifier for this bandwidth part. Other parts of the RRC configuration use the BWP-Id to associate themselves with a particular bandwidth part.
The network configures the BWPs with consecutive IDs from 1. The Network does not include the value 0, since value 0 is reserved for the initial BWP.


Conditional Presence
Explanation
SetupOtherBWP
The field is mandatory present upon configuration of a new UL BWP. The field is optionally present, Need M, otherwise. 

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BWP-UPLINKCOMMON-START
BWP-UplinkCommon ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    genericParameters                   BWP,
    
rach-ConfigCommonConfiguration of cell specific random access parameters which the UE uses for contention based and contention free random access as well as for contention based beam failure recovery in this BWP. The NW configures SSB-based RA (and hence RACH-ConfigCommon) only for UL BWPs if the linked DL BWPs (same bwp-Id as UL-BWP) are the initial DL BWPs or DL BWPs containing the SSB associated to the initial DL BWP. The network configures rach-ConfigCommon, whenever it configures contention free random access (for reconfiguration with sync or for beam failure recovery). 
                   SetupRelease { RACH-ConfigCommon }                                      OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
pusch-ConfigCommonCell specific parameters for the PUSCH of this BWP.
                  SetupRelease { PUSCH-ConfigCommon }                                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
pucch-ConfigCommonCell specific parameters for the PUCCH of this BWP. 
                  SetupRelease { PUCCH-ConfigCommon }                                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    ..., 
    [[ 
    
rach-ConfigCommonIAB-r16Configuration of cell specific random access parameters for the IAB-MT. The IAB specific IAB RACH configuration is used by IAB-MT, if configured.
            SetupRelease { RACH-ConfigCommon }                                      OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
useInterlacePUCCH-PUSCH-r16If the field is present, the UE uses uplink frequency domain resource allocation Type 2 for cell-specific PUSCH, e.g., PUSCH scheduled by RAR UL grant (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.3 and TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.2) and uses interlaced PUCCH Format 0 and 1 for cell-specific PUCCH (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.2.1).
         ENUMERATED {enabled}                                                    OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
msgA-ConfigCommon-r16Configuration of the cell specific PRACH and PUSCH resource parameters for transmission of MsgA in 2-step random access type procedure. The NW can configuremsgA-ConfigCommononly for UL BWPs if the linked DL BWPs (same bwp-Id as UL-BWP) are the initial DL BWPs or DL BWPs containing the SSB associated to the initial BL BWP
               SetupRelease { MsgA-ConfigCommon-r16 }                                  OPTIONAL  -- Cond SpCellOnly2
    ]] 
} 
 -- TAG-BWP-UPLINKCOMMON-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

BWP-UplinkCommon field descriptions
msgA-ConfigCommon
Configuration of the cell specific PRACH and PUSCH resource parameters for transmission of MsgA in 2-step random access type procedure. The NW can configuremsgA-ConfigCommononly for UL BWPs if the linked DL BWPs (same bwp-Id as UL-BWP) are the initial DL BWPs or DL BWPs containing the SSB associated to the initial BL BWP
pucch-ConfigCommon
Cell specific parameters for the PUCCH of this BWP. 
pusch-ConfigCommon
Cell specific parameters for the PUSCH of this BWP.
rach-ConfigCommon
Configuration of cell specific random access parameters which the UE uses for contention based and contention free random access as well as for contention based beam failure recovery in this BWP. The NW configures SSB-based RA (and hence RACH-ConfigCommon) only for UL BWPs if the linked DL BWPs (same bwp-Id as UL-BWP) are the initial DL BWPs or DL BWPs containing the SSB associated to the initial DL BWP. The network configures rach-ConfigCommon, whenever it configures contention free random access (for reconfiguration with sync or for beam failure recovery). 
rach-ConfigCommonIAB
Configuration of cell specific random access parameters for the IAB-MT. The IAB specific IAB RACH configuration is used by IAB-MT, if configured.
useInterlacePUCCH-PUSCH
If the field is present, the UE uses uplink frequency domain resource allocation Type 2 for cell-specific PUSCH, e.g., PUSCH scheduled by RAR UL grant (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.3 and TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.2) and uses interlaced PUCCH Format 0 and 1 for cell-specific PUCCH (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.2.1).


Conditional Presence
Explanation
SpCellOnly2
The field is optionally present, Need M, in the BWP-UplinkCommon of an SpCell. It is absent otherwise. 

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BWP-UPLINKDEDICATED-START
BWP-UplinkDedicated ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    
pucch-ConfigPUCCH configuration for one BWP of the normal UL or SUL of a serving cell. If the UE is configured with SUL, the network configures PUCCH only on the BWPs of one of the uplinks (normal UL or SUL). The network configures PUCCH-Config at least on non-initial BWP(s) for SpCell and on all BWP(s) for PUCCH SCell. If supported by the UE, the network may configure at most one additional SCell of a cell group with PUCCH-Config (i.e. PUCCH SCell).
In (NG)EN-DC and NE-DC, the NW configures at most one serving cell per frequency range with PUCCH. In (NG)EN-DC and NE-DC, if two PUCCH groups are configured, the serving cells of the NR PUCCH group in FR2 use the same numerology. For NR-DC, the maximum number of PUCCH groups in each cell group is one, and only the same numerology is supported for the cell group with carriers only in FR2.
The NW may configure PUCCH for a BWP when setting up the BWP. The network may also add/remove the pucch-Config in an RRCReconfiguration with reconfigurationWithSync (for SpCell or PUCCH SCell) or with SCell release and add (for PUCCH SCell) to move the PUCCH between the UL and SUL carrier of one serving cell. In other cases, only modifications of a previously configured pucch-Config are allowed.
If one (S)UL BWP of a serving cell is configured with PUCCH, all other (S)UL BWPs must be configured with PUCCH, too.
                        SetupRelease { PUCCH-Config }                                           OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
pusch-ConfigPUSCH configuration for one BWP of the normal UL or SUL of a serving cell. If the UE is configured with SUL and if it has a PUSCH-Config for both UL and SUL, an UL/SUL indicator field in DCI indicates which of the two to use. See TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1.
                        SetupRelease { PUSCH-Config }                                           OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
configuredGrantConfigA Configured-Grant of type1 or type2. It may be configured for UL or SUL but in case of type1 not for both at a time. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure configuredGrantConfigwhen there is an active configured uplink grant Type 2 (see TS 38.321 [3]). However, the NW may release the configuredGrantConfigat any time.Network can only configure configured grant in one BWP using either this field or configuredGrantConfigToAddModList.
               SetupRelease { ConfiguredGrantConfig }                                  OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
srs-ConfigUplink sounding reference signal configuration.
                          SetupRelease { SRS-Config }                                             OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
beamFailureRecoveryConfigConfiguration of beam failure recovery. If supplementaryUplink is present, the field is present only in one of the uplink carriers, either UL or SUL.
           SetupRelease { BeamFailureRecoveryConfig }                              OPTIONAL,   -- Cond SpCellOnly
    ..., 
    [[ 
    
sl-PUCCH-Config-r16Indicates the UE specific PUCCH configurations used for the HARQ-ACK feedback reporting for NR sidelink communication.
                 SetupRelease { PUCCH-Config }                                           OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    cp-ExtensionC2-r16                  INTEGER (1..28)                                                         OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    cp-ExtensionC3-r16                  INTEGER (1..28)                                                         OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
useInterlacePUCCH-PUSCH-r16If the field is present, the UE uses uplink frequency domain resource allocation Type 2 for PUSCH (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.3 and TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.2) and uses interlaced PUCCH Format 0, 1, 2, and 3 for PUCCH (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.2.1).
         ENUMERATED {enabled}                                                    OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
pucch-ConfigurationList-r16PUCCH configurations for two simultaneously constructed HARQ-ACK codebooks (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.1). Different PUCCH Resource IDs are configured in different PUCCH-Config within the pucch-ConfigurationList if configured.
         SetupRelease { PUCCH-ConfigurationList-r16 }                            OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
lbt-FailureRecoveryConfig-r16Configures parameters used for detection of consistent uplink LBT failures for operationwith shared spectrum channel access, as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
       SetupRelease { LBT-FailureRecoveryConfig-r16 }                          OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
configuredGrantConfigToAddModList-r16Indicates a list of one or more configured grant configurations to be added or modified for one BWP. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure a Type 2 configured grant configuration when it is active (see TS 38.321 [3]).
                 ConfiguredGrantConfigToAddModList-r16                 OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    
configuredGrantConfigToReleaseList-r16Indicates a list of one or more UL Configured Grant configurations to be released. The NW may release a configured grant configuration at any time.
                ConfiguredGrantConfigToReleaseList-r16                OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    
configuredGrantConfigType2DeactivationStateList-r16Indicates a list of the deactivation states in which each state can be mapped to a single or multiple Configured Grant type 2 configurations to be deactivated when the corresponding deactivation DCI is received, see clause 7.3.1 in TS 38.212 [17] and clause 10.2 in TS 38.213 [13].
   ConfiguredGrantConfigType2DeactivationStateList-r16   OPTIONAL  -- Need R
    ]] 
} 
ConfiguredGrantConfigToAddModList-r16    ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofConfiguredGrantConfig-r16)) OF ConfiguredGrantConfig 
ConfiguredGrantConfigToReleaseList-r16   ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofConfiguredGrantConfig-r16)) OF ConfiguredGrantConfigIndex-r16 
ConfiguredGrantConfigType2DeactivationState-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofConfiguredGrantConfig-r16)) OF ConfiguredGrantConfigIndex-r16 
ConfiguredGrantConfigType2DeactivationStateList-r16  ::= 
 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCG-Type2DeactivationState)) OF ConfiguredGrantConfigType2DeactivationState-r16 
 -- TAG-BWP-UPLINKDEDICATED-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

BWP-UplinkDedicated field descriptions
beamFailureRecoveryConfig
Configuration of beam failure recovery. If supplementaryUplink is present, the field is present only in one of the uplink carriers, either UL or SUL.
configuredGrantConfig
A Configured-Grant of type1 or type2. It may be configured for UL or SUL but in case of type1 not for both at a time. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure configuredGrantConfigwhen there is an active configured uplink grant Type 2 (see TS 38.321 [3]). However, the NW may release the configuredGrantConfigat any time.Network can only configure configured grant in one BWP using either this field or configuredGrantConfigToAddModList.
configuredGrantConfigToAddModList
Indicates a list of one or more configured grant configurations to be added or modified for one BWP. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure a Type 2 configured grant configuration when it is active (see TS 38.321 [3]).
configuredGrantConfigToReleaseList
Indicates a list of one or more UL Configured Grant configurations to be released. The NW may release a configured grant configuration at any time.
configuredGrantConfigType2DeactivationStateList
Indicates a list of the deactivation states in which each state can be mapped to a single or multiple Configured Grant type 2 configurations to be deactivated when the corresponding deactivation DCI is received, see clause 7.3.1 in TS 38.212 [17] and clause 10.2 in TS 38.213 [13].
cp-ExtensionC2, cp-ExtensionC3
Configures the cyclic prefix (CP) extension (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3.1). For 15 kHz SCS, {1..28} are validfor both cp-ExtensionC2 and cp-ExtensionC3. For 30 kHz SCS, {1..28} are valid for cp-ExtensionC2 and {2..28} are valid for cp-ExtensionC3.For 60 kHz SCS, {2..28} are validfor cp-ExtensionC2 and {3..28} are valid for cp-ExtensionC3.
lbt-FailureRecoveryConfig
Configures parameters used for detection of consistent uplink LBT failures for operationwith shared spectrum channel access, as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
pucch-Config
PUCCH configuration for one BWP of the normal UL or SUL of a serving cell. If the UE is configured with SUL, the network configures PUCCH only on the BWPs of one of the uplinks (normal UL or SUL). The network configures PUCCH-Config at least on non-initial BWP(s) for SpCell and on all BWP(s) for PUCCH SCell. If supported by the UE, the network may configure at most one additional SCell of a cell group with PUCCH-Config (i.e. PUCCH SCell).
In (NG)EN-DC and NE-DC, the NW configures at most one serving cell per frequency range with PUCCH. In (NG)EN-DC and NE-DC, if two PUCCH groups are configured, the serving cells of the NR PUCCH group in FR2 use the same numerology. For NR-DC, the maximum number of PUCCH groups in each cell group is one, and only the same numerology is supported for the cell group with carriers only in FR2.
The NW may configure PUCCH for a BWP when setting up the BWP. The network may also add/remove the pucch-Config in an RRCReconfiguration with reconfigurationWithSync (for SpCell or PUCCH SCell) or with SCell release and add (for PUCCH SCell) to move the PUCCH between the UL and SUL carrier of one serving cell. In other cases, only modifications of a previously configured pucch-Config are allowed.
If one (S)UL BWP of a serving cell is configured with PUCCH, all other (S)UL BWPs must be configured with PUCCH, too.
pucch-ConfigurationList
PUCCH configurations for two simultaneously constructed HARQ-ACK codebooks (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.1). Different PUCCH Resource IDs are configured in different PUCCH-Config within the pucch-ConfigurationList if configured.
pusch-Config
PUSCH configuration for one BWP of the normal UL or SUL of a serving cell. If the UE is configured with SUL and if it has a PUSCH-Config for both UL and SUL, an UL/SUL indicator field in DCI indicates which of the two to use. See TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1.
sl-PUCCH-Config
Indicates the UE specific PUCCH configurations used for the HARQ-ACK feedback reporting for NR sidelink communication.
srs-Config
Uplink sounding reference signal configuration.
useInterlacePUCCH-PUSCH
If the field is present, the UE uses uplink frequency domain resource allocation Type 2 for PUSCH (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.3 and TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.2) and uses interlaced PUCCH Format 0, 1, 2, and 3 for PUCCH (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.2.1).


Conditional Presence
Explanation
SpCellOnly
The field is optionally present, Need M, in the BWP-UplinkDedicated of an SpCell. It is absent otherwise. 

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CELLACCESSRELATEDINFO-START
CellAccessRelatedInfo   ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    
plmn-IdentityInfoListThe plmn-IdentityInfoList is used to configure a set of PLMN-IdentityInfo elements. Each of those elements contains a list of one or more PLMN Identities and additional information associated with those PLMNs. A PLMN-identity can be included only once, and in only one entry of the PLMN-IdentityInfoList. The PLMN index is defined as b1+b2+…+b(n-1)+i for the PLMN included at the n-th entry of PLMN-IdentityInfoList and the i-th entry of its corresponding PLMN-IdentityInfo, where b(j) is the number of PLMN-Identity entries in each PLMN-IdentityInfo, respectively.
               PLMN-IdentityInfoList, 
    
cellReservedForOtherUseIndicates whether the cell is reserved, as defined in 38.304 [20]. The field is applicable to all PLMNs.This field is ignored by IAB-MT for cell barring determination, but still considered by NPN capable IAB-MT for determination of an NPN-only cell.
             ENUMERATED {true}             OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    ..., 
    [[ 
    
cellReservedForFutureUse-r16Indicates whether the cell is reserved, as defined in 38.304 [20] for future use. The field is applicable to all PLMNs and NPNs.This field is ignored by IAB-MT.
        ENUMERATED {true}             OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
npn-IdentityInfoList-r16The npn-IdentityInfoList is used to configure a set of NPN-IdentityInfo elements. Each of those elements contains a list of one or more NPN Identities and additional information associated with those NPNs. The total number of PLMNs (identified by a PLMN identity in plmn -IdentityList), PNI-NPNs (identified by a PLMN identity and a CAG-ID), and SNPNs (identified by a PLMN identity and a NID) together in the PLMN-IdentityInfoList and NPN-IdentityInfoList does not exceed 12, except for the NPN-only cells. A PNI-NPN and SNPN can be included only once, and in only one entry of the NPN-IdentityInfoList. In case of NPN-only cells the PLMN-IdentityList contains a single element that does not count to the limit of 12 and the cellIdentity of the first entry of the PLMN-IdentityInfoList is set to the same value as the cellIdentity-r16 of the first entry of the NPN-IdentityInfoList. The NPN index is defined as B+c1+c2+…+c(n-1)+d1+d2+…+d(m-1)+e(i) for the NPN identity included in the n-th entry of NPN-IdentityInfoList and in the m-th entry of npn-Identitylist within that NPN-IdentityInfoList entry, and the i-th entry of its corresponding NPN-Identity, where
- B is the index used for the last PLMN in the PLMN-IdentittyInfoList; in NPN-only cells B is considered 0;
- c(j) is the number of NPN index values used in the j-th NPN-IdentityInfoList entry;
- d(k) is the number of NPN index values used in the k-th npn-IdentityList entry within the n-th NPN-IdentityInfoList entry;
- e(i) is
    - i if the n-th entry of NPN-IdentityInfoList entry is for SNPN(s);
    - 1 if the n-th entry of NPN-IdentityInfoList entry is for PNI-NPN(s).
            NPN-IdentityInfoList-r16      OPTIONAL  -- Need R
    ]] 
} 
 -- TAG-CELLACCESSRELATEDINFO-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

CellAccessRelatedInfo field descriptions
cellReservedForFutureUse
Indicates whether the cell is reserved, as defined in 38.304 [20] for future use. The field is applicable to all PLMNs and NPNs.This field is ignored by IAB-MT.
cellReservedForOtherUse
Indicates whether the cell is reserved, as defined in 38.304 [20]. The field is applicable to all PLMNs.This field is ignored by IAB-MT for cell barring determination, but still considered by NPN capable IAB-MT for determination of an NPN-only cell.
npn-IdentityInfoList
The npn-IdentityInfoList is used to configure a set of NPN-IdentityInfo elements. Each of those elements contains a list of one or more NPN Identities and additional information associated with those NPNs. The total number of PLMNs (identified by a PLMN identity in plmn -IdentityList), PNI-NPNs (identified by a PLMN identity and a CAG-ID), and SNPNs (identified by a PLMN identity and a NID) together in the PLMN-IdentityInfoList and NPN-IdentityInfoList does not exceed 12, except for the NPN-only cells. A PNI-NPN and SNPN can be included only once, and in only one entry of the NPN-IdentityInfoList. In case of NPN-only cells the PLMN-IdentityList contains a single element that does not count to the limit of 12 and the cellIdentity of the first entry of the PLMN-IdentityInfoList is set to the same value as the cellIdentity-r16 of the first entry of the NPN-IdentityInfoList. The NPN index is defined as B+c1+c2+…+c(n-1)+d1+d2+…+d(m-1)+e(i) for the NPN identity included in the n-th entry of NPN-IdentityInfoList and in the m-th entry of npn-Identitylist within that NPN-IdentityInfoList entry, and the i-th entry of its corresponding NPN-Identity, where
- B is the index used for the last PLMN in the PLMN-IdentittyInfoList; in NPN-only cells B is considered 0;
- c(j) is the number of NPN index values used in the j-th NPN-IdentityInfoList entry;
- d(k) is the number of NPN index values used in the k-th npn-IdentityList entry within the n-th NPN-IdentityInfoList entry;
- e(i) is
    - i if the n-th entry of NPN-IdentityInfoList entry is for SNPN(s);
    - 1 if the n-th entry of NPN-IdentityInfoList entry is for PNI-NPN(s).
plmn-IdentityInfoList
The plmn-IdentityInfoList is used to configure a set of PLMN-IdentityInfo elements. Each of those elements contains a list of one or more PLMN Identities and additional information associated with those PLMNs. A PLMN-identity can be included only once, and in only one entry of the PLMN-IdentityInfoList. The PLMN index is defined as b1+b2+…+b(n-1)+i for the PLMN included at the n-th entry of PLMN-IdentityInfoList and the i-th entry of its corresponding PLMN-IdentityInfo, where b(j) is the number of PLMN-Identity entries in each PLMN-IdentityInfo, respectively.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CELLACCESSRELATEDINFOEUTRA-5GC-START
CellAccessRelatedInfo-EUTRA-5GC  ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    plmn-IdentityList-eutra-5gc             PLMN-IdentityList-EUTRA-5GC, 
    trackingAreaCode-eutra-5gc              TrackingAreaCode, 
    ranac-5gc                               RAN-AreaCode                                OPTIONAL,
    cellIdentity-eutra-5gc                  CellIdentity-EUTRA-5GC 
} 
PLMN-IdentityList-EUTRA-5GC::=          SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF PLMN-Identity-EUTRA-5GC 
PLMN-Identity-EUTRA-5GC ::=             CHOICE { 
    plmn-Identity-EUTRA-5GC                 PLMN-Identity, 
    plmn-index                              INTEGER (1..maxPLMN) 
} 
CellIdentity-EUTRA-5GC ::=              CHOICE { 
    cellIdentity-EUTRA                      BIT STRING (SIZE (28)), 
    cellId-index                            INTEGER (1..maxPLMN) 
} 
 -- TAG-CELLACCESSRELATEDINFOEUTRA-5GC-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CELLACCESSRELATEDINFOEUTRA-EPC-START
CellAccessRelatedInfo-EUTRA-EPC  ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    plmn-IdentityList-eutra-epc             PLMN-IdentityList-EUTRA-EPC, 
    trackingAreaCode-eutra-epc              BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    cellIdentity-eutra-epc                  BIT STRING (SIZE (28)) 
} 
PLMN-IdentityList-EUTRA-EPC::=          SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF PLMN-Identity 
 -- TAG-CELLACCESSRELATEDINFOEUTRA-EPC-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CELLGROUPCONFIG-START
 -- Configuration of one Cell-Group:
CellGroupConfig ::=                        SEQUENCE { 
    cellGroupId                                CellGroupId, 
    
rlc-BearerToAddModListConfiguration of the MAC Logical Channel, the corresponding RLC entities and association with radio bearers.
                     SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxLC-ID)) OF RLC-BearerConfig                        OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    rlc-BearerToReleaseList                    SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxLC-ID)) OF LogicalChannelIdentity                  OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    
mac-CellGroupConfigMAC parameters applicable for the entire cell group.
                        MAC-CellGroupConfig                                                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    physicalCellGroupConfig                    PhysicalCellGroupConfig                                                 OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
spCellConfigParameters for the SpCell of this cell group (PCell of MCG or PSCell of SCG). 
                               SpCellConfig                                                            OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
sCellToAddModListList of secondary serving cells (SCells) to be added or modified.
                          SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSCells)) OF SCellConfig                       OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    
sCellToReleaseListList of secondary serving cells (SCells) to be released.
                         SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSCells)) OF SCellIndex                        OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    ..., 
    [[ 
    
reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentEnables reporting of uplink and supplementary uplink Direct Current location information upon BWP configuration and reconfiguration. This field is only present when the BWP configuration is modified or any serving cell is added or removed. This field is absent in the IE CellGroupConfig when provided as part of RRCSetup message. If UE is configured with SUL carrier, UE reports both UL and SUL Direct Current locations.
                ENUMERATED {true}                                                   OPTIONAL  -- Cond BWP-Reconfig
    ]], 
    [[ 
    
bap-Address-r16BAP address of the parent node in cell group.
                            BIT STRING (SIZE (10))                                                  OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
bh-RLC-ChannelToAddModList-r16Configuration of the backhaul RLC entities and the corresponding MAC Logical Channels to be added and modified.
             SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxBH-RLC-ChannelID-r16)) OF BH-RLC-ChannelConfig-r16 OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    
bh-RLC-ChannelToReleaseList-r16List of the backhaul RLC entities and the corresponding MAC Logical Channels to be released.
            SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxBH-RLC-ChannelID-r16)) OF BH-RLC-ChannelID-r16     OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    
f1c-TransferPath-r16The F1-C transfer path that an EN-DC IAB-MT should use for transferring F1-C packets to the IAB-donor-CU. If IAB-MT is configured with lte, IAB-MT can only use LTE leg for F1-C transfer. If IAB-MT is configured with nr, IAB-MT can only use NR leg for F1-C transfer. If IAB-MT is configured with both, it is up to IAB-MT to select an LTE leg or a NR leg for F1-C transfer. If the field is not configured, the IAB node uses the NR leg as the default one.
                       ENUMERATED {lte, nr, both}                                              OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    simultaneousTCI-UpdateList1-r16            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCellsTCI-r16)) OF ServCellIndex        OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    simultaneousTCI-UpdateList2-r16            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCellsTCI-r16)) OF ServCellIndex        OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    simultaneousSpatial-UpdatedList1-r16       SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCellsTCI-r16)) OF ServCellIndex        OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    simultaneousSpatial-UpdatedList2-r16       SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCellsTCI-r16)) OF ServCellIndex        OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
uplinkTxSwitchingOption-r16Indicates which option is configured for dynamic UL Tx switching for inter-band UL CA or (NG)EN-DC. The field is set to switchedUL if network configures option 1 as specified in TS 38.214 [19], or dualUL if network configures option 2 as specified in TS 38.214 [19]. Network always configures UE with a value for this field in inter-band UL CA case and (NG)EN-DC case where UE supports dynamic UL Tx switching.
                ENUMERATED {switchedUL, dualUL}                                         OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
uplinkTxSwitchingPowerBoosting-r16Indicates whether the UE is allowed to enable 3dB boosting on the maximum output power for transmission on carrier2 under the operation state in which 2-port transmission can be supported on carrier2 for inter-band UL CA case with dynamic UL Tx switching as defined in TS 38.101-1 [15]. Network can only configure this field for dynamic UL Tx switching in inter-band UL CA case with power Class 3 as defined in TS 38.101-1 [15].
         ENUMERATED {enabled}                                                    OPTIONAL  -- Need R
    ]], 
    [[ 
    
reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrier-r16Enables reporting of uplink Direct Current location information when the UE is configured with uplink intra-band CA with two carriers. This field is absent in the IE CellGroupConfig when provided as part of RRCSetup message.
  ENUMERATED {true}                                                       OPTIONAL  -- Need N
    ]] 
} 
 -- Serving cell specific MAC and PHY parameters for a SpCell:
SpCellConfig ::=                        SEQUENCE { 
    
servCellIndexServing cell ID of a PSCell. The PCell of the Master Cell Group uses ID = 0.
                       ServCellIndex                                               OPTIONAL,   -- Cond SCG
    
reconfigurationWithSyncParameters for the synchronous reconfiguration to the target SpCell.
             ReconfigurationWithSync                                     OPTIONAL,   -- Cond ReconfWithSync
    
rlf-TimersAndConstantsTimers and constants for detecting and triggering cell-level radio link failure. For the SCG, rlf-TimersAndConstants can only be set to setup and is always included at SCG addition.
              SetupRelease { RLF-TimersAndConstants }                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThresholdBLER threshold pair index for IS/OOS indication generation, see TS 38.133 [14], table 8.1.1-1. n1 corresponds to the value 1. When the field is absent, the UE applies the value 0. Whenever this is reconfigured, UE resets N310 and N311, and stops T310, if running. Network does not include this field.
         ENUMERATED {n1}                                             OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    spCellConfigDedicated               ServingCellConfig                                           OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    ... 
} 
ReconfigurationWithSync ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    spCellConfigCommon                  ServingCellConfigCommon                                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    newUE-Identity                      RNTI-Value, 
    t304                                ENUMERATED {ms50, ms100, ms150, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000, ms10000}, 
    
rach-ConfigDedicatedRandom access configuration to be used for the reconfiguration with sync (e.g. handover). The UE performs the RA according to these parameters in the firstActiveUplinkBWP (see UplinkConfig).
                CHOICE { 
        uplink                              RACH-ConfigDedicated, 
        supplementaryUplink                 RACH-ConfigDedicated 
    }                                                                                               OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    ..., 
    [[ 
    
smtcThe SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for NR SCell addition. The network sets the periodicityAndOffset to indicate the same periodicity as ssb-periodicityServingCell in sCellConfigCommon. The smtc is based on the timing of the SpCell of associated cell group. In case of inter-RAT handover to NR, the timing reference is the NR PCell. In case of intra-NR PCell change (standalone NR) or NR PSCell change (EN-DC), the timing reference is the target SpCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, as configured before the reception of the RRC message.
                                SSB-MTC                                                     OPTIONAL  -- Need S
    ]], 
    [[ 
    daps-UplinkPowerConfig-r16      DAPS-UplinkPowerConfig-r16                                      OPTIONAL  -- Need N
    ]] 
} 
DAPS-UplinkPowerConfig-r16 ::=      SEQUENCE { 
    
p-DAPS-Source-r16The maximum total transmit power to be used by the UE in the source cell group during DAPS handover.
                   P-Max, 
    
p-DAPS-Target-r16The maximum total transmit power to be used by the UE in the target cell group during DAPS handover.
                   P-Max, 
    
uplinkPowerSharingDAPS-Mode-r16Indicates the uplink power sharing mode that the UE uses in DAPS handover (see TS 38.213 [13]).
     ENUMERATED {semi-static-mode1, semi-static-mode2, dynamic } 
} 
SCellConfig ::=                     SEQUENCE { 
    sCellIndex                          SCellIndex, 
    sCellConfigCommon                   ServingCellConfigCommon                                     OPTIONAL,   -- Cond SCellAdd
    sCellConfigDedicated                ServingCellConfig                                           OPTIONAL,   -- Cond SCellAddMod
    ..., 
    [[ 
    
smtcThe SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for NR SCell addition. The network sets the periodicityAndOffset to indicate the same periodicity as ssb-periodicityServingCell in sCellConfigCommon. The smtc is based on the timing of the SpCell of associated cell group. In case of inter-RAT handover to NR, the timing reference is the NR PCell. In case of intra-NR PCell change (standalone NR) or NR PSCell change (EN-DC), the timing reference is the target SpCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, as configured before the reception of the RRC message.
                                SSB-MTC                                                     OPTIONAL  -- Need S
    ]], 
    [[ 
    
sCellState-r16Indicates whether the SCell shall be considered to be in activated state upon SCell configuration.
                  ENUMERATED {activated}                                          OPTIONAL,   -- Cond SCellAddSync
    
secondaryDRX-GroupConfig-r16The field is used to indicate whether the SCell belongs to the secondary DRX group. All serving cells in the secondary DRX group shall belong to one Frequency Range and all serving cells in the legacy DRX group shall belong to another Frequency Range.If drx-ConfigSecondaryGroup is configured, the field is optionally present. The network always includes the field if the field was previously configured for this SCell and the SCell remains in the secondary DRX group. Removal of an individual SCell from the secondary DRX group is supported by using an SCell release and addition. Otherwise, if drx-ConfigSecondaryGroup is not configured, the field is absent and the UE shall release the field. The UE shall also release the field if drx-ConfigSecondaryGroup is released without including sCellToAddModList. 
    ENUMERATED {true}                                               OPTIONAL  -- Need S
    ]]} 
 -- TAG-CELLGROUPCONFIG-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

CellGroupConfig field descriptions
bap-Address
BAP address of the parent node in cell group.
bh-RLC-ChannelToAddModList
Configuration of the backhaul RLC entities and the corresponding MAC Logical Channels to be added and modified.
bh-RLC-ChannelToReleaseList
List of the backhaul RLC entities and the corresponding MAC Logical Channels to be released.
f1c-TransferPath
The F1-C transfer path that an EN-DC IAB-MT should use for transferring F1-C packets to the IAB-donor-CU. If IAB-MT is configured with lte, IAB-MT can only use LTE leg for F1-C transfer. If IAB-MT is configured with nr, IAB-MT can only use NR leg for F1-C transfer. If IAB-MT is configured with both, it is up to IAB-MT to select an LTE leg or a NR leg for F1-C transfer. If the field is not configured, the IAB node uses the NR leg as the default one.
mac-CellGroupConfig
MAC parameters applicable for the entire cell group.
rlc-BearerToAddModList
Configuration of the MAC Logical Channel, the corresponding RLC entities and association with radio bearers.
reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent
Enables reporting of uplink and supplementary uplink Direct Current location information upon BWP configuration and reconfiguration. This field is only present when the BWP configuration is modified or any serving cell is added or removed. This field is absent in the IE CellGroupConfig when provided as part of RRCSetup message. If UE is configured with SUL carrier, UE reports both UL and SUL Direct Current locations.
reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrier
Enables reporting of uplink Direct Current location information when the UE is configured with uplink intra-band CA with two carriers. This field is absent in the IE CellGroupConfig when provided as part of RRCSetup message.
rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold
BLER threshold pair index for IS/OOS indication generation, see TS 38.133 [14], table 8.1.1-1. n1 corresponds to the value 1. When the field is absent, the UE applies the value 0. Whenever this is reconfigured, UE resets N310 and N311, and stops T310, if running. Network does not include this field.
sCellState
Indicates whether the SCell shall be considered to be in activated state upon SCell configuration.
sCellToAddModList
List of secondary serving cells (SCells) to be added or modified.
sCellToReleaseList
List of secondary serving cells (SCells) to be released.
simultaneousTCI-UpdateList1, simultaneousTCI-UpdateList2
List of serving cells which can be updated simultaneously for TCI relation with a MAC CE. The simultaneousTCI-UpdateList1 and simultaneousTCI-UpdateList2 shall not contain same serving cells. Network should not configure serving cells that are configured with a BWP with two different values for the coresetPoolIndex in these lists.
simultaneousSpatial-UpdatedList1, simultaneousSpatial-UpdatedList2
List of serving cells which can be updated simultaneously for spatial relation with a MAC CE. The simultaneousSpatial-UpdatedList1 and simultaneousSpatial-UpdatedList2 shall not contain same serving cells. Network should not configure serving cells that are configured with a BWP with two different values for the coresetPoolIndex in these lists.
spCellConfig
Parameters for the SpCell of this cell group (PCell of MCG or PSCell of SCG). 
uplinkTxSwitchingOption
Indicates which option is configured for dynamic UL Tx switching for inter-band UL CA or (NG)EN-DC. The field is set to switchedUL if network configures option 1 as specified in TS 38.214 [19], or dualUL if network configures option 2 as specified in TS 38.214 [19]. Network always configures UE with a value for this field in inter-band UL CA case and (NG)EN-DC case where UE supports dynamic UL Tx switching.
uplinkTxSwitchingPowerBoosting
Indicates whether the UE is allowed to enable 3dB boosting on the maximum output power for transmission on carrier2 under the operation state in which 2-port transmission can be supported on carrier2 for inter-band UL CA case with dynamic UL Tx switching as defined in TS 38.101-1 [15]. Network can only configure this field for dynamic UL Tx switching in inter-band UL CA case with power Class 3 as defined in TS 38.101-1 [15].


DAPS-UplinkPowerConfigfield descriptions
p-DAPS-Source
The maximum total transmit power to be used by the UE in the source cell group during DAPS handover.
p-DAPS-Target
The maximum total transmit power to be used by the UE in the target cell group during DAPS handover.
uplinkPowerSharingDAPS-Mode
Indicates the uplink power sharing mode that the UE uses in DAPS handover (see TS 38.213 [13]).


ReconfigurationWithSync field descriptions
rach-ConfigDedicated
Random access configuration to be used for the reconfiguration with sync (e.g. handover). The UE performs the RA according to these parameters in the firstActiveUplinkBWP (see UplinkConfig).
smtc
The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for NR PSCell change and NR PCell change. The network sets the periodicityAndOffset to indicate the same periodicity as ssb-periodicityServingCell in spCellConfigCommon.
For case of NR PCell change, the smtc is based on the timing reference of (source) PCell. For case of NR PSCell change, it is based on the timing reference of source PSCell.
If both this field and targetCellSMTC-SCG are absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing,as configured before the reception of the RRC message.


SCellConfig field descriptions
secondaryDRX-GroupConfig
The field is used to indicate whether the SCell belongs to the secondary DRX group. All serving cells in the secondary DRX group shall belong to one Frequency Range and all serving cells in the legacy DRX group shall belong to another Frequency Range.If drx-ConfigSecondaryGroup is configured, the field is optionally present. The network always includes the field if the field was previously configured for this SCell and the SCell remains in the secondary DRX group. Removal of an individual SCell from the secondary DRX group is supported by using an SCell release and addition. Otherwise, if drx-ConfigSecondaryGroup is not configured, the field is absent and the UE shall release the field. The UE shall also release the field if drx-ConfigSecondaryGroup is released without including sCellToAddModList. 
smtc
The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for NR SCell addition. The network sets the periodicityAndOffset to indicate the same periodicity as ssb-periodicityServingCell in sCellConfigCommon. The smtc is based on the timing of the SpCell of associated cell group. In case of inter-RAT handover to NR, the timing reference is the NR PCell. In case of intra-NR PCell change (standalone NR) or NR PSCell change (EN-DC), the timing reference is the target SpCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, as configured before the reception of the RRC message.


SpCellConfig field descriptions
reconfigurationWithSync
Parameters for the synchronous reconfiguration to the target SpCell.
rlf-TimersAndConstants
Timers and constants for detecting and triggering cell-level radio link failure. For the SCG, rlf-TimersAndConstants can only be set to setup and is always included at SCG addition.
servCellIndex
Serving cell ID of a PSCell. The PCell of the Master Cell Group uses ID = 0.


Conditional Presence
Explanation
BWP-Reconfig
The field is optionally present, Need N, if the BWPs are reconfigured or if serving cells are added or removed. Otherwise it is absent. 
ReconfWithSync
The field is mandatory present in the RRCReconfiguration message:
-in each configured CellGroupConfig for which the SpCell changes,
-in the masterCellGroup:
-at change of AS security key derived from KgNB,
-in an RRCReconfiguration message contained in a DLInformationTransferMRDC message,
-in the secondaryCellGroup at:
-PSCell addition,
-SCG resume with NR-DC or (NG)EN-DC,
-update of required SI for PSCell,
-change of AS security key derived from S-KgNBin NR-DC while the UE is configured with at least one radio bearer with keyToUse set to secondary and that is not released by this RRCReconfiguration message,
-MN handover in (NG)EN-DC.
Otherwise, it is optionally present, need M. The field is absent in the masterCellGroup in RRCResume and RRCSetup messages and is absent in the masterCellGroup in RRCReconfiguration messages if source configuration is not released during DAPS handover.
SCellAdd
The field is mandatory present upon SCell addition; otherwise it is absent, Need M.
SCellAddMod
The field is mandatory present upon SCell addition; otherwise it is optionally present, need M.
SCellAddSync
The field is optionally present, Need N, in case of SCell addition, reconfiguration with sync, and resuming an RRC connection. It is absent otherwise.
SCG
The field is mandatory present in an SpCellConfig for the PSCell. It is absent otherwise.